Home

USER'S GUIDE - Best4Systems

1. key Level 1 Level 2 Option document gt Finished Layout Press Duplex 2 in 1 Portraitl TA Duplex Nin1 MFC 8840D je gt IE MFC 8840D Nin1 Portrait 1 2 1 2 gt H MFC 8440 Duplex Landscapel 1 1 Nin1 2 Aa Landscape2 1 1 A gt ogee el Duplex 4 in 1 Portraitl 3 1 2 MFC 8840D J gt ate Portrait2 4 2 1 2 gt hetan a S14 Landscapel 73 Landscape2 13 1 es e gt SEH Poster 1 gt LLL Off MAKING COPIES 10 13 Duplex N in 1 copy N in 1 copy You can save paper by copying either two or four pages onto one page Please make sure paper size is set to A4 Letter or Legal Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1 Press Set to select N in 1 4 Press or toselect2 in 1 P 2 in 1 L 4 in 1 P or4 in 1 L Press Set 5 if you are ready to copy go to Step Enlg Red 100 7 Quality Auto Contrast somsoo OR Tray Press or io select PressaV or Quality Contrast Or Tray Pres Set 6 Press or 9 to select a new setting Press Set 7 Press Start If you are using the ADF the MFC scans the originals and prints the copies OR If you are using the scanner glass Flatbed Copy the MFC scans the page Pla
2. 14 1 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER AutoLoad the Brother Control Center The Control Center is loaded every time Windows is started When the Control Center is loaded the Control Center t icon will appear on the task bar If you don t want the Control Center to load automatically you can turn off AutoLoad If the Control Center i icon does not appear on your task bar you will have to launch the software aN Double click the Control Center icon on the desktop or from the Start menu select Programs ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0 and then click Brother SmartUI POPUP How to turn off AutoLoad 7 Left click the Control Center i icon and click Show 2 When the Control Center window appears left click the Configuration Lats Control Center button A dialog box will appear Pop Up Setting V AutoLoad Pop Up M Global Scanner Settings Resolution fz20 Color Mode Black amp whte Scan Size ja Brightness NN Ce ht fan EE Save Settings Restore Defaults 3 Uncheck the AutoLoad Pop Up check box USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 2 Brother Control Center features Auto Configuration During installation the Control Center will check your system to set up the default applications for E mail word processing and the graphics viewer editor For example if you are using Outlook as your default E mail application the Control Center will create a l
3. e The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 6 Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR Gap Cap 150 S9 Stop Exit to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 2 Fax 1 Setup 3 Fax Detect On Receives fax 5 4 Continued Receive Off messages without In Fax mode pressing the Start only key Continued 4 Remote on You can answer all 5 9 Code 51 51 calls at an extension Off or external phone and use codes to turn the MFC on or off You can personalize these codes 5 Auto On Reduces the size of 5 5 Reduction off incoming faxes 6 Memory On Automatically stores 5 6 Receive Off any incoming faxes in its memory if it runs out of paper 7 Print oooom Makes printouts 5 7 Density ooowo darker or lighter oomoo omsooo moooo 8 Polling RX Standard Sets up your MFC to 5 10 Secure poll another fax Timer machine 9 Duplex On Receives faxes 5 13 MFC 8840D off printed on both sides of the paper A The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 7 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR 159 050 059 Stop Exit fo to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descript
4. 2 Using the document guidelines on the left center the document face down on the scanner glass 3 Close the document cover A If the document is a book or is thick do not slam the cover or press on it 4 Dial the fax number Press Start The MFC starts scanning the first page 6 3 SETUP SEND 5 Tosenda single page press 2 or Flatbed Fax press Startagain The MFC starts Next Page v 1 Yes sending the document pene OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 6 6 Place the next page on the Flatbed Fax scanner glass Set Next Page Press Set Then Press Set The MFC starts scanning Repeat Steps 5 and 6 for each additional page A E If the memory is full and you are faxing a single page it will be sent in real time E Ifyou need to cancel before the fax is sent press Stop Exit SETUP SEND 6 4 Faxing legal size documents from the scanner glass When documents are legal size you need to set the size to Legal If you do not the bottom portion of the faxes will be missing 7 If itis not illuminated in green press lt 2 Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 0 3 Press or to select Legal Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit Out of Memory message Ifyou getan Out of Memory message while scanning the first page of a fax press Stop Exit to cancel the scan If you get an Out of Memory message while scanning a subsequent page you will have the option to press Start to se
5. Image Scanning Area Resolution 200x 200 dpi aes v Black amp White Gray E ror Diffusion ScanningAreq True Gray 8 Bit Color 24 Bit Color aH 55 Color Type Width 8 5 Length Unit mm inch Adjust custom Q Colorsync Intent Perceptual Images gt Scanner Profile L _ _____________________ J O Use Photo Paper 35 18 24 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Scanning Area Set the Size to one of the following Letter 8 5 x 11 in A4 210 x 297 mm Legal 8 5 x 14 in A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Executive 7 25 x 10 5 in Business Card 90 x 60 mm Custom User adjustable from 0 35 x 0 35 in to 8 5 x 14 in or 8 9 x 8 9 mm to 216 x 356 mm After you choose a custom size you can adjust the scanning area Click and hold the mouse button as you drag the mouse to crop the image Width Enter the width of the custom size Height Enter the height of the custom size Business Card Size To scan business cards select the Business Card size 90 x 60 mm and place the business card at the center of scanner glass When you are scanning photographs or other images to use in a word processor or other graphics application it is a good idea to try different settings for the Contrast Mode and Resolution to determine which settings look the best USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 25 Adjusting the Image Brightness Adjust the Brig
6. Select a PostScript Printer Description File Q Printer Descriptions MacintoshH crea Fj Brother mFc 88400 With Printer Driver Laser writer 8 Eject iii gt z Printer Model Brother MFC 8840D BR Script3 18 8 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 5 Click Change in the USB Printer Selection Select Brother MFC 8840D and then click OK o Untitled 1 B r PostScript Printer Description PPD File auto Setup Brother MFC 6840D USB Printer Selection lt sunspecified gt gt Desktop Printer Usage Print to printer Bro ther MFC 8840D USB Printer With Printer Driver LaserWriter 8 Select a USB Printer Brother FC 6840D a Model Brother MFC 8840D 6 Click Create r PostScript Printer Description PPD File __ Bro ther MFC 8840D USB Printer Selection Desktop Printer Usage Print to printer Brother MFC 8840D With Printer Driver LaserWriter 3 Bother rFC 98400 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 9 7 Enter your MFC name MFC 8840D and then click Save Desktop Macintosh H ES mrc 8840D amp Macintosh Save desktop printer as sosen Cz 8 Select Quit from the File menu GG Edi
7. a Record your password and keep it in a safe place for future reference If you forget your password these settings can not be accessed PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 12 Print Date amp Time When enabled the Print Date and Time feature will automatically print the date and time from your computers system clock on your document amp Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support PEDE Printer Function Secure Print Date amp Time Quick Print Setu CE E Date amp Time Mon 16 Apr 2001 x 19 49 43 x Date amp Time Background Darkness Opaque Transparent Click the Setting button to change the Date and Time Format You can change the Font by clicking the Font button or the Position To include a background with the Date and Time select Opaque When Opaque is selected you can set the Darkness of the Date and Time background by changing the percentage a The Date and Time indicated in the selection box represents the format that will be printed The actual Date and Time printed on your document is automatically retrieved from the settings of your computer 12 13 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Accessories tab The Accessories Tab includes the settings for configuring the printer driver for the size of paper loaded in each paper source This tab also installs any additional options into the driver settings Paper Source Setting To configure the paper size for each pape
8. ae The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 11 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR Cp Cap 1S0 S9 Stop Exit to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 0 Initial 1 Receive Fax Only You can choose the 5 2 Setup Mode Fax Tel receive mode that External TAD best suits your Manual needs 2 Date Time Puts the date and 4 1 time on the LCD and in headings of faxes you send 3 Station ID Fax Program your name 4 2 Tel fax and telephone Name number to appear on each page you fax 4 Tone Pulse Tone Selects the dialling 4 15 Pulse mode 5 PBX On Turn on this function 4 5 off if the machine is connected to PABX private automatic Branch Exchange 6 Local Czech Allows you to change See Language Hungarian the LCD Language Quick For Czech and English for your country Setup Hungarian Guide 6 Local Norwegian Allows you to change See Language Swedish the LCD Language Quick For Danish for your country Setup Norwegian Finnish Guide Swedish English Danish and ae Finnish E The factory settings are shown in Bold with x E 6 Local Language menu is not available on UK machine ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 12 Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer OR
9. DIFFICULTY SUGGESTIONS Print Quality Difficulties Printed pages are curled Thin or thick paper below the standard can cause this problem Make sure you select the Paper Type that suits the media type you use See Setting the Paper Type on page 4 7 and Media Type on page 12 4 Printed pages are smeared The Paper Type setting may be incorrect for the type of print media you are using OR The print media may be too thick or have a rough surface See Setting the Paper Type on page 4 7 and Media Type on page 12 4 Printouts are too light Set Toner Save mode to off in the Advance tab in the printer driver See Toner Save Mode on page 12 6 Network Difficulties cannot print over the Network Make sure that your MFC is powered on and is On Line and in Ready mode Press the Test switch Then the current settings of the NC 9100h are printed Verify that the cabling and Network connections are good If possible try connecting the MFC to a different port on your hub using a different cable Check to see if there is any LED activity The NC 9100h has a two color LED for diagnosing problems TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 16 Improving the print quality This section provides information on the following topics Examples quality of poor print Recommendation SS ABCDEFGH abcdefghijk ABCD abcde 01234 Faint Check the printer s environment Conditions such as
10. If you hear one long beep you have messages When you hear two short beeps use the dial pad to press 954 Wait for the long beep and then use the dial pad to enter the new number of the remote fax machine where you want your fax messages forwarded followed by up to 20 digits You cannot use and as dial numbers However press if you want to store a pause Hang up after you hear your MFC beep REMOTE FAX OPTIONS 8 6 Printing reports MFC settings and activity You need to set up the Transmission Verification Report and Journal Period in the menu table Press Menu 2 4 1 24 Report Setting OR 1 XMIT Report Press Menu 2 4 2 2 Journal Period _ Customizing the Transmission Verification Report You can use the Transmission Report as proof that you sent a fax This report lists the time and date of transmission and whether the transmission was successful Ok If you select On or On Image the report will print for every fax you send If you send a lot of faxes to the same place you may need more than the job numbers to know which faxes you must send again Selecting On Image or Of f Image will print a section of the fax s first page on the report to help you remember When the feature is of the Report will only print it there is a transmission error NG Press Menu 2 4 1 24 Report Setting 1 XMIT Report 2 Press or toselectoff on
11. E My Pictures My Documents My Computer My Network File name Places Files of type Text files txt csv ae If you selected a text file in Step 1 the Files of type will be Text file csv USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 13 Setting up a Cover Page From the PC FAX dialog box click Gi To access the PC Fax Cover page setup screen See Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style on page 17 16 The Brother PC FAX Cover Page Setup dialog box will appear IV Cover page On To Name Department Company From Name TELS FAX E Mail Department Company Address Address2 JDoe springboad org U56 International Spring Board Ass 123 Rose Hill Driver Potsville NJ 08888 Preview Comment Clear Taro Nagoya Sales Brother International Corp Form John Doe 908 555 1212 908 555 1212 I Import BMP file Browse Cyrpage Alignment Left C Center C Right C Wallpaper File name V Count cover page Default Cancel 17 14 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE You can enter information in each field If you are sending a fax to more than one recipient the recipient information will not be printed on the Cover Page To From Comment Type the comment you want to add to the cover page Select Cover Page Form Select the cover page format you want to use Import BMP file You can insert a bitmap file such as your
12. 14 7 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Scan to File r Scanner Setting Photos High Quality 7 Modify Settings Destination Folder PaperPort Folder Other Folder Folder Ic My Documents My PaperPort Documents Browse To access Scan to File Configurations screen 7 Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click Scan to File and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for the mode click Modify Settings USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 8 Destination folder PaperPort Folder Select this checkbox to scan the document into your PaperPort folder Other Folder Select this checkbox to scan the document as another file type or to store it in another directory folder File f you selected Other folder from the pull down list select the type of file PaperPort Image Item max PaperPort Self Viewing exe PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperPort
13. Apply Help 12 15 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Support tab The Support Tab provides driver version and setting information In addition there are links to the Brother Solutions Center and the Driver Update Web sites Click the Support tab to display the following screen Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support Printer Driver e brother TET MFC 8840D Connect directly to the Brother tions Center Web solutions brother com site for up to date information on printer drive ides white Version 0 10 for Windows 2000 XP papers and other documentation available for your Brother printer 05 Dec 2002 Brother Industries Ltd 1993 2003 All rights Reserves d Brother Solutions Center The Brother Solutions Center is a Web site offering information about your Brother product including FAQs Frequently Asked Questions User Guides Driver Updates and Tips for using your MFC Web Update Web Update checks the Brother web site for updated drivers and automatically downloads and updates the printer driver on your computer Check Setting The Check Setting selection displays a list of your current driver settings PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 16 Features in the PS printer driver For Windows The Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT 4 0 utilizes BR Script 3 PostScript 3 language emulation driver To install the PS driver If you have already installed the printer
14. Feature Mac OS Mac OS X 8 6 9 X 10 1 10 2 1 or greater Printing Yes Yes Yes Yes Scanning TWAIN Yes Yes No Yes PC FAX sending Yes Yes Yes Yes Remote Setup No No Yes Yes 1 For Mac OS X 10 2 users please upgrade to Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater For the latest information for Mac OS X please visit at http solutions brother com USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 1 Using the Brother printer driver with your Apple Macintosh Mac OS 8 6 9 2 To select a Printer 1 Open the Chooser from the Apple menu AppleShare 2 LaserWriter 3 Chooser Connect to Background Printing On Q Off Active AppleTalk GQ Inactive 7 6 2 2 Click the Brother Laser icon On the right side of the Chooser window click the printer you want to print to Close the Chooser To print a document From the application software such as Presto PageManager click File menu and select Page Setup You can change the settings for Paper Size Orientation and Scaling and then click OK brother MFc 8840D 1 9 6 Paper Size Letter A4 Q Legal Q Executive Cancel Qcom 10 OS O e Orientation Scaling 100 o 18 2 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 2 From application software such as Presto PageManager click File menu and select Print Click Print to start printing brother MFc 8840D s Gam Output Pages All
15. My Computer My Network File name Places Save as type Text files csv USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 11 Importing to the Address Book You can import ASCII text files csv or Vcards electronic business cards into your Address Book To import an ASCII text file From the Address Book select File point to Import and then click Text OR Click Veard and go to Step 5 Select Items Select the fields from the Available Items list in the same order they are listed in the Import text file You must select the separator character used in the Import text file Available Items Selected Items Add gt gt lt lt Remove Business Phone Divide Character Tab 9 Gaur Cancel 2 From the Available Items column select the data fields you want to Import and click Add gt gt From the Available Items list select the fields in the same order they are listed in the Import text file 3 Select the Divide Character Tab or Comma based on the file format you are importing 4 To import the data click OK 17 12 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 5 Type the name of the file and then select Open Look in My Documents Adobe E Documenti PaperPort My Recent Eigene PaperPort Dokumente Documents Mes documents PaperPort Ei E Mijn PaperPort documenten a Mina PaperPort dokument Desktop mis documentos de PaperPort EA My Music my PaperPort Documents
16. The MFC signals if it has received fax messages 1 long beep Fax messages No beeps No fax messages The MFC gives two short beeps which tells you to enter a command The MFC will hang up if you wait longer than 30 seconds to enter a command The MFC will beep three times if you enter an invalid command Press 90 to reset the MFC when you ve finished Hang up REMOTE FAX OPTIONS 8 4 Remote commands Follow the commands below to access features when you are away from the MFC When you call the MFC and enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by the system will give two short beeps and you must enter a remote command Remote commands Operation details 95 Change the Fax Forwarding settings 1 OFF 2 Fax Forwarding 4 Fax Forwarding number If you hear one long beep the change has been accepted If you hear three short beeps you cannot change it because the conditions have not been met You can register your Fax Forwarding number by entering 4 See Changing your Fax Forwarding number on page 8 6 Once you have registered the number Fax Forwarding will be set to On 6 Fax Storage ON You can turn Fax Storage to On or Off after you have retrieved or erased all your messages 7 Fax Storage OFF 96 Retrieve a fax 2 Retrieve all faxes Enter the number of a remote fax machine to receive stored fax messages See Retrieving fax
17. To change the word processing application click on the Configuration Tab You can select the destination word processing application from the Application pull down list USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 21 Scan to OCR Scan action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Link Preferences Famat Folder Bip To change the program link preferences click the Link Preferences button Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image ltem As File type Windows Write wri Zi Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR z Settings I Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help File Type From the pull down list select the file format you want to use for documents OCR Select the OCR application from the OCR pull down list 15 22 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to Graphics application example Microsoft Paint The Scan to Graphics Application allows you to scan an image so you can edit the image To change the default graphics application right click on the button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to Application and should not be changed Scan to Application Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type Application C Eile To change the configuration of the destination application click on the Configuration Tab
18. Your caller will have to press Start to send the fax For FAX TEL mode only When the MFC is in FAX TEL mode it will use the F T Ring Time pseudo double ringing to alert you to pick up a voice call Lift the external telephone s handset and then press Tel R to answer If you re at an extension phone you ll need to lift the handset during the F T Ring Time and then press 51 between the double rings If no one is on the line or if someone wants to send you a fax send the call back to the MFC by pressing 51 SETUP RECEIVE 5 8 Using a cordless external handset If your cordless telephone is connected to the correct socket on the MFC and you typically carry the cordless handset elsewhere it is easier to answer calls during the Ring Delay If you let the MFC answer first you will have to go to the MFC so you can press Tel R to transfer the call to the cordless handset Changing the remote codes Remote Codes might not work with some telephone systems The preset Remote Activation Code is 51 The preset Deactivation Code is 51 ev If you are always disconnected when accessing your external TAD remotely try changing the Remote Activation Code and Deactivation Code to another three digit code such as and 999 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 4 Fi ceo Bessie 3 Press lt or to select On or A Cod Off v off Press Set 4 if you want to enter a new Remote Activat
19. seeeesene 1 20 If you are installing the MFC to work witha PBX sys ccitieresseresuiantanstt thant tae ees 1 20 Custom features on your phone line 1 20 Paper semono anaa EAEE 2 1 ADOULPADOT scree EEES 2 1 Type and size Of Papel eee eeeeceeceteeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 2 1 Recommended Pape ccccceeeeceeeeeeettteeeeeeeteeeeeeens 2 1 Choosing acceptable Ppaper ccccceceeeeeeecetteeeeeneees 2 2 Paper capacity of the paper trays 2 3 Paper specifications for each paper tray 2 4 How to load Paper o oo eee eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaes 2 5 To load paper or other media in the paper tray 2 5 To load paper or other media in the manual feed tray For MFC 8440 0 eececeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 2 7 To load paper or other media in the multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8840D neee 2 9 To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8840D aeee 2 11 viii On screen programming sccseeeeeeeeeee sees eenseeeeseeeeeneeeeenees 3 1 User friendly programming cccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeneeees 3 1 Menu tablen niente 3 1 Memory Storage eccccecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeas 3 1 Navigation KOYS cccceceeeseeceeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeneeees 3 2 Getting started cceeccsseeeeeseeee sete eeeseeeeeseeseeseeeeeseeeeeseenensenes 4 1 Initial Setup oo cece ceeeeeeeee ee eaeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeetaeeeteneeenaas 4 1 Setting the Date and
20. 15 30 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image Item As File type Windows Write wri Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR Settings IV Include icon on Send To bar File Select the file format from the Format pull down list You can either send the file to the default PaperPort directory or select your own destination directory by selecting Other Folder Use the Browse button to select the destination directory Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application xl Format PaperPort Image Item max Folder PaperPort C Other Folder C Documents and Settings inbox My Documents My Papert Browse USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 31 OCR Select the destination word processing application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Link Preferences Eormat Folder Cc E Click on Link Preferences and select the destination Application from the scroll menu on the left Select the File Type from the File Type pull down list You can also choose another OCR application from the OCR pull down list if another is installed on you system Scansoft OmniPage is installed as part of the PaperPort 8 0 SE application Send
21. 5 0 Image Item max PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pcx PCX Multi page dcx JPEG jpg TIFF Uncompressed tif TIFF Group 4 tif TIFF Class F tif TIFF Multi page Uncompressed tif TIFF Multi page Group 4 tif TIFF Multi page Class F tif Portable Network Graphics png FlashPix fpx To Search your system for the directory and folder you want click the Browse button Click OK to save your settings 14 9 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Scan to E mail Outlook Express FAxXing Filing and Copying x Modify Settings EMail Application Scanner Setting EMail Application Outlook Express X EMail Settings To access Scan to E mail Configurations screen Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the E mail application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any o
22. Enlarge Reduce Contrast Quality Tray Select Sort and N in 1 For MFC 8440 or Duplex N in 1 For MFC 8840D These settings are temporary and the MFC returns to Fax mode 1 minute after it finishes copying If you want to use these temporary settings again place the next document in the ADF or on the scanner glass within that time However if you have set the Mode Timer for Copy and Scan modes to 0 or 30 seconds the MFC returns to the default settings after the number of seconds that has been set for Mode Timer See Setting the Mode Timer on page 4 6 and Using the Copy keys Temporary settings on page 10 6 CS a 4 Copy Enlarge Reduce Contrast Quality Tray Sel Temporary Copy Keys PE eys l Duplex Sort Nin1 L A While the MFC is copying incoming faxes will be received into the memory instead of being printed 10 2 MAKING COPIES Making a single copy from the ADF 7 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF 2 Press Start Do NOT pull on the document while copying is in progress ae To stop copying and eject the document press Stop Exit Making multiple copies from the ADF 7 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Insert the document face up in the ADF 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Start 4 To sort the copies press the Sort key MAKING COPIES 10 3 Single or
23. G 8 tods es A A ap iaw to select to select to accept exit ae If you installed optional LAN board NC 9100h the LCD shows the following LAN menu Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 6 LAN 1 Setup 1 BOOT Method Auto x You can choose the option TCP IP Static BOOT method that RARP best suits you needs BOOTP DHCP 2 IP Address 000 255 Enter the IP address 000 255 000 255 000 255 3 Subnet Mask 000 255 Enter the Subnet 000 255 mask See 000 255 Network 000 255 User s Guide 4 Gateway 000 255 Enter the Gateway onthe 000 255 address CD ROM 000 255 000 255 5 Host Name BRN_XXXXXX Enter the Host name 6 WINS Config Auto You can choose the Static WINS configuration mode 7 WINS Primary Specifies the IP Server Secondary address of the primary or secondary server e The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 13 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR 1S9 S9 S9 Stop Exit SO to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 6 LAN 1 Setup 8 DNS Server Primary Specifies the IP option TCP IP Secondary address of the Continued Continued primary or secondary server 9 APIPA on Automatically off allocates the IP address from the lin
24. Q x W z x O Clear Back Menu O w alj Stop Exit Exit the menu You can access the menu mode by pressing Menu When you enter the menu the LCD scrolls Press 1 for General Setup menu T General Setup OR 2 Fax Press 2 for Fax menu os CODY OR 4 Printer Press 3 for Copy menu OR Press 4 for Printer menu Printer OR Print Reports Press 5 for Print Reports menu Cana OR Initial Setup Press 6 for LAN menu Only if the optional LAN board NC 9100h is installed OR Press 0 for Initial Setup menu OR You can scroll more quickly through each menu level by pressing the arrow for the direction you want lt gt or Then set an option by pressing Set when that option appears on the LCD ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 2 The LCD will then show the next menu level Press or to scroll to your next menu selection Press Set When you finish setting an option the LCD shows Accepted A Use to scroll backward if you passed your choices or want to save keystrokes The current setting is always the option with 3 3 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Menu To access the menu press Menu Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR LE 9 Ep iS Stop Exit to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptio
25. Setup for Polled Transmit with Secure Code When you choose Secure anyone who polls the machine must enter the polling secure code 1 Q A QN e gt If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 6 Press or to select Secure Press Set Enter a four digit number Press Set Press 1 if you want to select additional settings The display returns to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you finished selecting settings and go to Step 6 Press Start The MFC starts scanning the document If you placed the document in the ADF wait for the fax to be polled OR If you placed it on the scanner glass go to Step 8 SETUP SEND 6 22 8 Tosenda single page press 2 or press Start again wait for the fax to be polled OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 9 9 Place next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 8 Repeat Step 8 and 9 for each additional page A You can use Secure Polling only with another Brother fax machine Memory Security Memory Security lets you prevent unauthorized access to the MFC You will not be able to continue to schedule Delayed Faxes or Polling jobs However any pre scheduled Delayed Faxes will be sent when you turn Memory Security On so they won t be lost If Fax Storage is On before you turn Memory
26. The MFC starts sending the fax OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 9 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 8 Repeat Step 8 and 9 for each additional page SETUP SEND 6 18 Overseas Mode If you are having difficulty sending a fax overseas due to possible interference on the phone line we recommend that you turn on the Overseas Mode After you send a fax using this feature the feature will turn itself off 1 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 9 22 Setup Send Press or to select On or i 9 ree Mode ae E v Off Press Set Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and then go to Step 5 Enter the fax number you re calling Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts sending the fax OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Steps 7 and 8 for each additional page 6 19 SETUP SEND Delayed Fax During the day you can store up to 50 faxes in the memory to be sent within
27. Up to 9 600 x 9 600 dpi interpolated Up to 600 x 2 400 dpi optical Maximum 1200 x 1200 dpi scanning with Windows XP resolution up to 9600 x 9600 dpi can be selected by using the Brother scanner utility ADF Width 148mm to 216 mm ADF Height 148 mm to 356 mm Scanner Glass Width Max 216 mm Scanner Glass Height Max 356 mm 212 mm 256 levels ey Scanning directly to a networked PC is available with Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and XP A Mac OS X scanning is supported in Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater S 4 SPECIFICATIONS Printer Emulation Printer Driver Resolution Print Quality Print Speed Duplex Printing First Print Interfaces Interface Parallel USB PCL6 Brother Printing System for Windows emulation mode of HP LaserJet and BR Script PostScript Level 3 Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 driver supporting Brother Native Compression mode and bi directional capability Apple Macintosh QuickDraw Driver and PostScript PPD for Mac OS 8 6 9 2 Mac OS X 10 1 10 2 1 or Greater HQ1200 Max 2400 x 600 dots inch Normal printing mode Economy printing mode saves toner usage Up to 20 pages minute A4 size when loading paper from paper tray Up to 8 5 pages minute MFC 8840D only 8 5 sides per minute 4 25 sheets per minute Up to 12 seconds using A4 size paper in paper tray Recommended Cable A bi direc
28. When the Enable Network PC FAX option is selected three additional options appear in the address book contact window 7 In the Address Book dialog box click the icon to adda member The Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box will appear Brother Address Book Member Setup Name Company Department Job Title Street Address City State Province Zip Code Post Code Country Region Business Phone Home Phone Mobile Phone F Fax I E Maik 7 MFC E Mail Address OK Cancel 2 Inthe Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box type the member s information Name is required field You can also enter an E mail contact address and MFC address for the address book member 3 To send to this contact it is necessary to specify which is the preferred method of sending a document to this contact by checking the Fax E mail or MFC E mail Address box next to the contact 4 Click the OK button to save the member s information A If you wish to send a document to this contact by more than one method you must create a second contact and select a different option Fax E Mail or MFC Address To use the MFC for Network PC FAX see Using Brother PC FAX software on page 17 1 20 3 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Using the Brother Network PC FAX software The Brother Network PC FAX feature allows you to use your PC to send any application or document file as a standard fax You can
29. de newsoft eu com Company name SoftBay GmbH Postal Address Carlstrase 50 D 52531 Ubach Palenberg Telephone 49 0 2451 9112647 Fax 49 0 2451 409642 E mail Address newsoft softbay de URL http de newsoft eu com UK Company name Guildsoft Ltd Postal Address Not Open Telephone 44 01752 201148 Fax 44 01752 894833 E mail Address Tech guildsoft co uk URL http uk newsoft eu com 18 28 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH France Company name Postal Address Telephone E mail Address Italy Company name Postal Address Telephone Fax E mail Address Spain Company name Postal Address Telephone Fax E mail Address Other countries E mail Address Partners In Europe Unit 14 Distribution Center Shannon Ind Est Shannon Co Clare Ireland 0800 917171 Newsoft pie ie V P Not Open 166821700 532786999 supporto gensoftonline com Atlantic Devices Caputxins 58 08700 Igualada 938040702 33 938054057 support atlanticdevices com tech newsoft eu com USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 29 MFC Remote Setup Mac OS X The MFC Remote Setup application allows you to quickly set up your MFC by taking advantage of the ease and speed of programming on your Macintosh When you access this application the settings on your MFC will be downloaded automatically to your Macintosh and displayed on your computer screen If you change the settings
30. 10 Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the MFC power switch A To check that you have installed the DIMM correctly print the printer settings by using the selection in the driver and check the printout to make sure it shows the additional memory M You can check the current memory size in the user setting list See the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on the CD ROM Ay WARNING If the Status LED turns Red for a Service Error please call your dealer or Brother authorized service center 23 4 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Network LAN board When you add the optional Network LAN Board NC 9100h you can connect your MFC into the network to use the Internet FAX Network Scanner Network Printer and Network Management operations A WARNING DO NOT touch the surface of the main board within 15 minutes after turning off the power For more details about how to configure the Network board please see the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on the CD ROM supplied with the MFC NC 9100h Print Fax Server OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 5 Before starting installation Be careful when handling the NC 9100h There are many delicate electronic components that are susceptible to damage from static electricity To avoid such damage use the following precautions when handling the board E Leave the NC 9100h in its anti static bag until you are ready to install it Make sure that you are adequately grounded before touching the N
31. 3 Open the Print Center icon 0o90 Utilities O mem Btw A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications o A f Key Caps Keychain Access Netinfo Manager Network Utility Print Center ProcessViewer v amp E Asa SetupAssistant Stuffit Expander Terminal lt Z 4 Click Add Printer Printer List Status Delete Add Printer 5 Select USB AppleTalk LPR Printers using IP 18 12 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 6 Select MFC 8840D and then click Add eoo Printer List fuse a a MFC 8840D PostScript printer Cancel 7 Select Quit Printer Center from the Print Center menu r z EGA Edit Printers Queue Window Help About Print Center Preferences Hide Print Center 3H Hide Others Show All Quit Print Center Q USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 13 Sending a fax from your Macintosh application For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 users You can send a fax directly from a Macintosh application by doing the following Create a document in a Macintosh application 2 Tosenda fax select Print from the File menu The Printer dialog box will appear brother MFc 8840D 1 9 6 Output Pages All Q From C To Address Resolution 300dpi 600dpi HQ 1200 Paper Source Auto Select v Media Type Plain Paper v Toner Save Mode M Gray Scale Save Settings When Printer is selected the top
32. 3 Press Stop Exit 10 20 MAKING COPIES l Using the MFC as a printer Using the Brother MFC 8440 MFC 8840D printer driver A Printer Driver is software that translates data from the format used by a computer into the format required by a particular printer using a printer command language or page description language The printer drivers are on the CD ROM we have supplied Install the drivers first by following the Quick Setup Guide Also the latest printer driver can be downloaded from the Brother Solutions Center at http solutions brother com or visit the support site at http www brother uk com Windows Printing The dedicated printer driver and TrueType compatible fonts for Microsoft Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional XP and Windows NT workstation 4 0 are available on the CD ROM supplied with your MFC You can install them easily into your Windows system using our installer program The driver supports our unique compression mode to enhance printing speed in Windows applications and allows you to set various printer settings including economy printing mode and custom paper size Popular Printer Emulation Support The MFC supports HP LaserJet PCL level 6 and BR Script 3 Post Script 3 printer emulation mode If you use DOS application software you can use HP LaserJet PCL level 6 and BR Script 3 Post Script 3 emulation mode for printer operations USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 11 1 How to print yo
33. 5 Auto on Change for Daylight 4 10 Daylight Off Savings Time automatically 6 Ecology 1 Toner Save On Increases life oftoner 4 10 off cartridge 2 Sleep Time 00 99 Conserves power 4 11 05Min 3 Power Save On Power Save Mode 4 12 off a The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 5 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer 1 OR Menu U J C a e Stop Exit Ae POP COP fo 1 mA _ gt aD 1 to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 1 General 7 Tray Use Tray 1 Only Selects the traythat 4 13 Setup Copy MP Only will be used for copy Continued For Autox MFC 8440 this menu doesn t appear If you have optional tray 2 see page 3 17 8 Tray Use Selects the tray that 4 14 Fax will be used for fax This setting only appears if you have the optional tray 2 see page 3 17 7 LCD oooom Adjusts the contrast 4 14 Contrast o00mo of LCD MFC 8440 oomoot 8 LCD omooo Contrast SERENA MFC 8840D 9 LCD Contrast With optional tray 2 2 Fax 1 Setup 1 Ring Delay 00 04 02 Sets the number of 5 2 Receive UK only rings before the MFC In Fax mode 00 05 02 answers in FAX or only Nordic FAX TEL mode countries only 2 F T Ring 70 Sets the 5 3 Time 40 pseudo double ring 30 time in FAX TEL 20 mode
34. AEE EEE labia 22 12 Volume setting ee 4 9 beeper eiccdeecieeeandt 4 9 PUIG eisin daaa 4 9 speaker sserisssrerrsse 4 10 l 5 INDEX Remote Retrieval Access card If you plan to receive fax messages while away from your MFC carrying the Remote Retrieval Access Card printed below will serve as a convenient reminder of the retrieval procedures Simply cut out the card and fold it to fit your wallet or organizer Keeping it handy will help you derive the full benefit of your MFC s Fax Forwarding and Remote Retrieval features 2 e uw Le x dn3uey 9 Ystury NOK UYM JAW INOA 43831 0 0 6 SSAIQ G puewwos e 13u93 sdaaq uoys ZIV P 0 6 sald sagessa ON sd q ON NOILWH3dQ SLOWSY 1X3 sasessoul xey d aq suoy p a Ppoatooal II SosessaUl Jo SPULY OU speUsIs DAW NOX E popsy ne xea q pomoy oy SIP 3PO9 ssaddy NOWY z ssaud PJyxeg MOK 194U9 joyer pouw sIOMSUR JAW MO UM Z p ssard AY ewag of uoy au NO 86 ssid SuIsn oUTyORUE xey 10 suoda e Woy Joqunu xez MoA Piq SCO 3A3934H FONVHD poJ ssed0Vy a owsay usn saSessaut ON sdaaq 4104s sasessoul xey daeq suo T 126 Sold SNLVLS ONIAIZOSY YO3HD A a 3 o U REMOTE RETRIEVAL ACCESS CARD R 1 Fold Lx A Changing Remote Access Code Program Fax Forwarding Number press 4 Enter the new 7 fax number where you want your fax messages forwarded When you are a
35. Brother Control Center features 14 3 Auto Configuration ccccceecceeeeeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 14 3 Scan key operations 0 eccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeees 14 4 Copy operations eeeeeeeieereeieseiessrrssrrnssrnsses 14 4 PC Fax Operation ccccccceeeccececeeeeesaeeeeceeeeeaaeeneeees 14 4 Scanner settings for Scan Copy and PC Fax DUON S nra aiennitvinestiiieenins 14 5 Global settings ececceeeeeeeeee eects eeteeeeettaeeeeeaeeeeees 14 5 Setting up the scanner configurations 0 05 14 6 Perform an operation from the Control Center SOOO Mi jisiviseniihivadese hit iaaea nr ET aeea 14 7 SCAN tO File eee eeesceeecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeseeneeeeeaeseeeaaeeneas 14 8 To access Scan to File Configurations screen 14 8 Scanner SettinGS ccccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeeeeeeeees 14 8 Destination fOlder ccccccseeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeee 14 9 Scan to E mail c eee ee eeee cece eeeeaeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 14 10 To access Scan to E mail Configurations screen 14 10 Scanner settings eeren enrere 14 10 E mail Application scrccrerncrarens 14 11 Send to OptiOnS cece eect eect eeeeeeeetaeeeeeeeeeee 14 11 Scan to OCR Word Processor cceeseeeeeeeeeneeees 14 12 To access Scan to OCR Configurations screen 14 12 Scanner settings ccceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeneaes 14 12 Word ProcCeSSOt ccccccccceeeeeseeeeeeeecieeeeeeeneeeeeeena 14 13
36. C 532 x 444 x 469 mm Without Drum Toner Unit MFC 8440 16 6 kg MFC 8840D 18 1 kg Operating 53dBAorless Standby 30 dB A or less SPECIFICATIONS S 1 General continued Operating 10 32 5 C Storage 0 40 C Operating 20 to 80 without condensation Storage 10 to 90 without condensation Temperature Humidity Print media Paper Input Paper Output Copy Color Monochrome Copy Speed Multiple Copies Enlarge Reduce Resolution S 2 SPECIFICATIONS Paper Tray Paper type Plain paper recycled paper and transparencies envelopes Manual Feed Multi purpose Tray Paper size A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 A6 B6 ISO Weight 60 105 g m Paper Tray For more details see Paper specifications for each paper tray on page 2 4 Maximum paper tray capacity Approx 250 sheets of 80 g m plain paper Maximum multi purpose tray capacity Approx 50 sheets of 80 g m plain paper MFC 8840D only Manual Feed Tray Multi Purpose Tray Paper size Width 69 8 220 0 mm Hight 116 0 406 4 mm Weight 60 161 g m Up to 150 sheets of plain paper Face down print delivery to the output paper support Monochrome Up to 20 copies minute A4 paper Stacks or Sorts up to 99 pages 25 to 400 in increments of 1 Max 1200 x 600 dpi Fax Compatibility Coding System Modem Speed Document Size Scanning Width Printing Width Gray Scale Polling Types Contrast
37. Display Name Max15 characters This name wil appear when the Scan to menu is selected at the MFC Elsie Scan To Button Pin number for this PC V Enable Pin number protection Pin number 0 9 4 digits ia Retype Pin number base 4 Youcan avoid receiving unwanted documents by setting a 4 digit PIN Number Enter your PIN Number in the PIN Number and Retype PIN Number field To send data to a PC protected by a PIN Number the LCD prompts to enter the PIN Number before the document can be scanned and sent to the MFC See Using the Scan key on page 19 5 to 19 10 NETWORK SCANNING 19 4 Using the Scan key Scan to E mail PC When you select Scan to E mail PC your document will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUI will activate the default E mail application on the designated PC for addressing to the recipient You can scan a black and white or color document and it will be sent with the E mail from the PC as an attachment ey For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUI selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a Network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartU I You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 See Scan to E mail on page 14 10 to 14 11 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 9 Place
38. Go to Step 3 3 Press lt gt or to select 23 Set Quick Dial Fax Tel 100 A Fax Tel Press Set v E Address 4 Enterthe phone or fax number up to 20 digits Press Set 5 Use the dial pad to enter the name up to 15 characters Press Set You can use the chart on page 4 3 to help you enter letters OR Press Set to store the number without a name 6 Goto Step 2 to store another Speed Dial number OR Press Stop Exit 7 3 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers If you try to store a One Touch or Speed Dial number where a number has already been stored the LCD will show the name that has been stored there or number and will ask you to do one of the following Press 1 to change the stored Guick Dial number MIKE oR d Press 2 to exit without making a change 2 Enter a new number Press Set E To erase the whole number or whole name press Clear Back repeatedly until all digits or letters are deleted To erase one digit or letter use i or 9 to position the cursor under it and then press Clear Back If you want to insert characters use or i to position the cursor where you want to insert them and then type 3 Follow the directions beginning at Step 4 in Storing One Touch Dial numbers and Storing Speed Dial numbers See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AN
39. INDEX l 2 Real Time Transmission E E 6 11 resolution cee 6 9 Fax Tel mode oossoo 5 1 answering at extension phones ssseeeeesesssseeseseessse 5 8 double ringing voice calls a A e A cane R 5 3 receiving faxes 5 8 Remote Activation Code 5 8 Remote Deactivation Code E E ect A 5 8 Setting F T Ring Time 5 3 Setting Ring Delay 5 2 Gray scale e S 3 S 4 HELP rosea 3 1 Help LiSt scsccciccsanetioneticcss 9 3 Jams document cee 22 5 PAPO acoindar 22 6 LAN Configuration 3 13 3 14 LCD Liquid Crystal Display A ee beta De Se tad cea 1 6 9 3 LCD Contrast 4 14 Maintenance routine 22 24 Manual receve Ace Heine 5 1 traNSMISSION ccce 6 5 Manual feed tray 11 5 11 8 l 3 INDEX Memory Security 6 23 Memory Storage 3 1 Menu table ae 3 1 Multi line connections PBX P S T E Pans thy area 1 20 Multi purpose tray MP tray OCR changing setting 15 11 One Touch numbers SLOMING Sovak cur agate aceite 7 1 PAB e Aar EA 4 5 Page Counter 00 22 35 PAD ea apna Ga iweteaceiatsteee S 2 capacity cetaceans 2 3 document size a 6 1 JAM sposini 22 5 SIZE eia i 4 8 PaperPort ACCESSING oaase 13 2 exporting eee 13 23 MpOrting oo eee 13 23 PC FAX For Windows 17 1 receiving eee 17 19 sending address book 17 7 cover page 17 14 facsimile
40. Macintosh 2 Scanning is supported in 10 2 1 or greater S 6 SPECIFICATIONS Consumable items Toner Cartridge Life Expectancy Drum Unit Life Expectancy g e TN 3030 Standard Toner Cartridge Up to 3 500 pages TN 3060 High Yield Toner Cartridge Up to 6 700 pages when printing letter size or A4 paper at 5 print coverage Toner life expectancy will vary depending upon the type of average print job Up to 20 000 pages drum unit DR 3000 There are many factors that determine the actual drum life such as temperature humidity type of paper toner you use and number of pages per print job SPECIFICATIONS S 7 Network LAN board NC 9100h MFC 8440 Option MFC 8840D Option S 8 SPECIFICATIONS ol When you add the optional Network LAN Board NC 9100h you can connect your MFC into the network to use the Internet FAX Network Scanner Network Printer and Network Management software SMTP POP3 E mail Services are required for Internet Fax Support for Windows 98 Me NT 4 0 2000 XP Novell NetWare 3 X 4 X 5 X Mac OS 8 6 9 2 X 10 0 10 2 1 or Greater Ethernet 10 100 BASE TX Auto Negotiation TCP IP IPX SPX AppleTalk DLC LLC RARP BOOTP DHCP APIPA NetBIOS WINS LPR LPD Port9100 SMTP POP3 SMB NetBIOS IP IPP SSDP Apple Rendezvous FTP MIBII as well as Brother private MIB TELNET SNMP HTTP TFTP Included Utilities BRAdmin Professional and Web Based Managem
41. P Off Image On Of On Image v On Image Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit 9 1 PRINTING REPORTS Setting the Journal Period You can set the MFC to print a journal at specific intervals every 50 faxes 6 12 or 24 hours 2 or 7 days If you set the interval to Of you can print the report by following the Steps on the next page The default settingis Every 50 Faxes 1 Press Menu 2 4 2 24 Report Setting 2 Journal Period 2 Press or tochoosean a Every 50 Faxes interval v Every 6 Hours Press Set Select oet If you choose 7 days the LCD will ask you to choose a day on which to begin the 7 day countdown 3 Enter the time to begin printing in 24 hour format Press Set For example enter 19 45 for 7 45 PM 4 Press Stop Exit ae If you select 6 12 24 hours 2 or 7 days the MFC will print the report at the selected time and then erase all jobs from its memory If the MFC s memory becomes full with 200 jobs before the time you selected has passed the MFC will print the Journal early and then erase all jobs from memory If you want an extra report before it is due to print you can print it without erasing the jobs from memory ae If you select Every 50 Faxes the MFC will print the Journal when the MFC has stored 50 jobs PRINTING REPORTS 9 2 Printing reports Five reports are available 1 Help List 2 Quick Dial 3 Journal 4 XMIT Verify 5 System S
42. Paper Jam The paper is jammed in the MFC See Paper jams on page 22 6 and Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8840D on page 22 10 22 3 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Pls Open A page piece of paper or paper clip etc may Open the front cover If you see any Cover be jammed inside the MFC jammed paper or other item gently pull it out then close the front cover If the error message remains open and close the front cover again If the MFC cannot reset itself and return to the date and time prompt it will display Machine Error XX Then contact your Brother dealer for service Toner Empty Toner cartridge is not installed Reinstall the toner cartridge OR OR Toner is used up and printing is not possible Replace the toner cartridge with a new one See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Toner Low If the LCD shows Toner Low you can still Order a new toner cartridge now print But the toner is depleted and the MFC is telling you that the toner will soon run out TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 4 Document jams Based upon where the document is jammed follow the appropriate set of instructions to remove it Document is jammed in the top of the ADF unit Take out any paper from the ADF that is not jammed 2 Lift the ADF cover 3 Pull the jammed document out to
43. automatic document feeder Scan using Brother MFC 8840D What do you want to scan A Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan jai Color picture Ba Grayscale picture B ce O Black and white picture or text p O Custom Settings C D Page size A4 210 x 297 mm 8 3 x 11 7 inc Preview Scan Cancel 2 Select the Document Feeder from the Paper source drop down list box A 3 Select the picture type B 4 Select the Paper size from the drop down list box D 13 11 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 5 if you require advanced settings click on the tab Adjust the quality of the scanned picture C You can select Brightness Contrast Resolution and Picture Type from the Advanced Properties Click the OK button after you choose your settings Advanced Properties Advanced Properties Appearance Brightness J gt Contrast Resolution DPI Picture type 100 Color picture ae E The scanner resolution you can select is up to 1200 x 1200 dpi E For resolutions greater than 1200dpi use the Brother Scanner Utility See Brother Scanner Utility on page 13 15 6 To start scanning your document click the Scan button in the Scan dialog box HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 12 Pre Scanning to crop a portion you want to scan using the scanner glass The Preview button is used to preview an image for cropping any unwanted por
44. built into PaperPort 8 0 SE You can also select the destination word processor and file format for the editable text E mail Scanned images will be attached to an E mail message You can choose which E mail package to use if you have more than one installed on your system You can also select the file type for the attachment and create a quick send list of E mail addresses chosen from your default E mail address book Customizing a user defined button To configure a Custom button right click on the button and then click Configuration Please follow the following guide lines for Custom Button configuration 1 Select the Scan Action Select the type of scan by clicking the appropriate button USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 29 Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type C Application Ei 2 Select Configuration for the Scan Type To configure the scan operation click on the Configuration Tab Depending upon which Scan Type button you selected you will see a different Configuration Tab list of settings Application Select the destination application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application MEE Link Preferences Eormat Folder Cc a Click on Link Preferences to set the Send to options You can select the application from the scroll menu on the left
45. 1 10 17 Duplex 2 in 1 owe 10 19 Duplex 4 in 1 oo 10 19 ECM Error Correction Mode P EEEE E EE acca Manne 1 13 Ecology Scanner lamp 4 11 Sleep Time ee 4 11 Entering text a 4 3 Envelopes seseeeeeeeeeeees 2 3 Error messages on LCD 22 1 Check Paper 2065 22 1 Comm Error c000 22 2 Not Registered 22 3 Out of Memory 5 22 3 while scanning a document Sta aes Die eee reed 10 5 Extension telephone using 5 8 Extension Telephones 1 18 External telephone 1 14 Fax codes Remote Access Code 8 3 Remote Activation Code 5 8 Remote Deactivation Code Fax Detect l 5 4 Fax Forwarding changing remotely 8 5 8 6 Fax Storage essees 8 2 printing from s e 5 7 turning ON nesese 8 2 Fax stand alone FECCIVING sascitncenncdmns 5 1 difficulty s an 22 12 duplex printing 5 13 forwarding aeee 8 5 reducing to fit on paper 5 5 retrieving from a remote SUC oooi enep naai 8 6 ring delay setting 5 2 sending at end of conversation 6 6 automatic transmission 6 6 cancelling from memory E E E cater 6 13 CONTASE aisiari 6 8 delayed ccceeee 6 20 from ADF 0 008 6 1 from memory dual access EEEE A 6 10 from scanner glass 6 3 legal size from scanner glass iad E EE 6 5 manual transmission 6 5 OVEISEAS niisiis 6 19
46. 17 3 Outside line access If you need to enter a number to access an outside line enter it here This is sometimes required by a local PBX telephone system for example if you must dial 9 to get an outside line in your office Include header To add header information to the top of the fax pages you send check the Include header box Address Book file You can select more than one database file to use with the Address Book To select you must enter the path and file name of the database file OR Use the Browse button to find the database to select 17 4 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE User interface In the Sending tab select user interface You can choose the Simple Style or the Facsimile Style Simple style Brother PC FAX ox aaa P Cover page n 2l Facsimile style brother cover Page On P Speed Dial OB 8 tegeseece ggg rause ie WH redial R 8 a W clear 5 E ara Book T Eg E stop 7 start 0 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 5 Speed Dial setup From the Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box click the Speed Dial tab To use this feature you must select the Facsimile Style user interface Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Address Book Speed Dial Name Fax B Sales 908 704 9 John Roller 908 704 231 i 908 555 F Joe Smith 908 555 123 A COON lt gt You can r
47. 22 26 Replacing the toner cartridge 22 27 How to replace the toner Cartridge eeee 22 27 Replacing the drum unit 22 32 Checking the drum life 0 cccceeceeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeees 22 35 Page Counter cecccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeees 22 35 xix Optional accessories cssecceeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 23 1 Memory board 0000 eee eeeeee ee eeeee eee eeeaeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeaaes 23 1 Installing the optional memory board eee 23 2 Network LAN DOard ccccccceeeeeeee cece eeeneeeteeeeteaeeees 23 5 Before starting installation ccccesseeeseeeeeeeeeees 23 6 Step 1 Hardware installation eee essere 23 6 Step 2 Connecting the NC 9100h to an Unshielded Twisted Pair 1OBASE T or 100BASE TX Ethernet Network isicesciktiessccinicierduasiariendesienaaiae 23 9 VED Aeaee E er rere carer reerer ere ree 23 9 TEST SWITCH nirin aeivtiwiianenee 23 10 Paper Tray 2 eecccseeeeeeenneeeeeeenaeeeeeeenaeeeeseeaaaes 23 11 GOSS ANY aiaa aaa a aN aa G 1 Specifications sassssssnneennnnnnnnnnnennnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnnm nanne nnmnnn na S 1 Product GeSCription cccceeccccceeeseeceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeenees S 1 GMO AL iiccestescsess cueevasdscissasedestvaessaeecdvessecte stesbaadecveteeagenanves S 1 Prnt Media asics seesecdnactaiaceecstantsceediiads eeiteavateatetdateeraatevess S 2 COPY eos iranan seed cated as pete ean tes ela dees aetna S 2 General continu
48. 24 hours These faxes will be sent at the time of day you enter in Step 3 Press Set to accept it or enter another time for the faxes to be sent 1 2 e If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 3 22 Setup Send Enter the time you want the fax to ai PEER EAR be sent in 24 hour format Set Time 00 00 Press Set For example enter 19 45 for 7 45 PM Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and then go to Step 5 Enter the fax number Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts scanning the document OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page The number of pages you can scan into the memory depends on the amount of data that is printed on each page SETUP SEND 6 20 Delayed Batch Transmission Before sending the delayed faxes your MFC will help you economize by sorting all the faxes in the memory by destination and scheduled time All delayed faxes that are scheduled to be sent at the same time to the same fax number will be sent as one fax
49. 4 setting for next fax 6 9 Ring Delay setting 5 2 Safety Instructions iii 21 3 Scanner Lamp 008 4 11 Scanner Lock asanes 22 21 Scanning into PC 13 3 Scansoft OmniPage OCRA n 13 22 ScanSoft PaperPort 13 19 Search for stored numbers 7 7 Setup Date and Time 4 1 Station ID fax header 4 2 Shipping the machine 22 21 Sockets EXT socket external telephone 1 14 TAD answering machine PEPEE EEE EE 1 15 Software Brother Control Center 14 1 ScanSoft Paper Port 13 19 Speed Dial eee 1 7 dialling oseese 7 8 SONG inshaa 7 1 INDEX l 4 TAD Telephone Answering Device external 1 15 5 1 CONNECTING eesse 1 14 Receive Mode 25 5 1 Temporary Copy Settings 10 6 Text entering eee 4 3 Special Characters 4 4 To change the default setting of the scan click on the Scan Settings tab ee 15 9 Tone signals on Pulse line Seanad Mon ahn cae Nea Aa hate 7 10 Toner cartridge replacing sses 22 27 Tray use setting COPY veveessifeavereias accent content 4 13 TAX adie eteeees 4 14 Troubleshooting 0 22 1 error messages on LCD ATE PEE O hens ME 22 1 if you are having difficulty incoming calls 22 13 paper handling 22 15 phone line difficulties er A 22 12 printer difficulties 22 14 printing or receiving faxes
50. 80 g m Mode DATACOPY 80 g m IGEPA X Press 80 g m Recycled paper Xerox Recycled Supreme Transparency 3M CG 3300 Labels Avery laser label L7163 E Before you buy a large amount of paper please test some to make sure that the paper is suitable Use paper that is made for plain paper copying Use paper that is 75 to 90 g m Use neutral paper Do not use acidic or alkaline paper Use long grain paper Use paper with a moisture content of approximately 5 PAPER 2 1 Caution Do not use ink jet paper It may cause a paper jam and damage your MFC A The output quality depends on the paper type and paper brand Visit us at http solutions brother com and check the latest recommendations for paper that can be used with the MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D Choosing acceptable paper We recommend that you test paper especially special sizes and types of paper on the MFC before purchasing large quantities Avoid feeding label sheets that are partly used or your MFC will be damaged Avoid using coated paper such as vinyl coated paper Avoid using preprinted or highly textured paper or paper with an embossed letterhead For optimum printing use a recommended type of paper especially for plain paper and transparencies For more information on paper specifications call your nearest authorized sales representative or the place where you purchased your MFC E Use label or transparencies that are designed for use in
51. Basic receiving OPerAatiOnS ce eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaees 5 1 Choosing the Receive Mode cccceeeeseeeeeeees 5 1 To select or change your Receive Mode 5 2 Setting the Ring Delay n 5 2 Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode onlly 5 3 Fax Dolo eE 5 4 Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction 5 5 Reception into MOMOLSY ceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeneeees 5 6 Printing a fax from the memory sesers 5 7 Setting the Print Density eneee 5 7 Advanced receiving operations cc ceeecteeeeeeeeteeeeeeeee 5 8 Operation from extension telephones 5 8 For FAX TEL mode Only e cccecccceeeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeseeees 5 8 Using a cordless external handset 00 c ee 5 9 Changing the remote codes ccceesceeeeeeeeeteeeeees 5 9 POMING 23 acsecipieiwetiseediin avanti eeeei ni eevesiiiveivei iad 5 10 Secure Polling ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeaes 5 10 Setup for Polling Receive Standard 0 5 10 Setup for Polling Receive with Secure Code 5 11 Setup Delayed Polling Receive ccceesseees 5 11 Sequential Polling c ceccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeeeees 5 12 Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8840D cceeceecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteaeeeeeeees 5 13 Telephone services 2 cccceeecceceeeeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 14 BT Call Sign For U K Only neeesser 5 14 To
52. Control Panel Use the keys and display to control the MFC 5 Automatic Document Feeder ADF Use the ADF unit for multiple page documents 6 ADF Document Support Extension Place the document here to use the ADF unit 7 ADF Document Output Support Flap Unfold to prevent the scanned pages from sliding off the MFC 8 Document Cover Open to place the document on the scanner glass 9 Power Switch Switch it on or off 10 Front Cover Open to install a toner cartridge or drum unit 11 Paper Tray Tray 1 Load paper here 1 2 INTRODUCTION E Back view 15 Face up Output Tray Back Output Tray 14 AC Power Connector 13 Duplex Tray MFC 8840D 12 Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing MFC 8840D 16 ADF Cover 17 Telephone Line Jack Socket 18 USB Interface Connector 19 Parallel Interface Connector 20 External Telephone Line Jack Socket No Name Description 12 Paper Adjustment Lever for Use to match your paper size for duplex Duplex Printing printing MFC 8840D 13 Duplex Tray Slide out to remove paper jammed inside the MFC 8840D MFC 14 AC Power Connector Connect the AC Power Connector here 15 Face up Output Tray Open it when thicker paper is placed in the Back Output Tray MP tray or Manual feed tray 16 ADF Cover Open to remove paper jammed inside the ADF unit 17 Telephone Line Jack Socket Plug the line cord supplied with
53. For example enter 15 25 for 3 25 P M 6 Press Stop Exit The LCD now shows the date and time whenever the MFC is in Standby mode GETTING STARTED 4 1 Setting the Station ID You should store your name or company name and fax number and telephone number to be printed on all fax pages that you send It is important that you enter the fax and telephone numbers in the internationally standardised format i e in accordance with the following strict sequence E The plus character by pressing key Your Country Code e g 44 for the United Kingdom 41 for Switzerland E Your local area code minus any leading 0 9 in Spain E A space E Your number on the local exchange using spaces to aid readability as appropriate As an example if the machine is installed in the United Kingdom and the same line is to be used for both fax and voice calls and your national telephone number is 0161 444 5555 then you must set the fax and telephone number parts of your station ID as 44 161 444 5555 Press Menu 0 3 03 Station ID 2 Enter your fax number up to 20 digits Press Set 3 Enter your telephone number up to 20 digits Press Set If your telephone number and fax number are the same enter the same number again e The telephone number you enter is only used for Cover Page features See Composing the electronic Cover Page on page 6 14 A You cannot enter a hyphen 4 2
54. GETTING STARTED 4 Use the dial pad to enter your name up to 20 characters Press Set 5 Press Stop Exit The LCD will show the date and time ae If the Station ID has already been programmed the LCD will ask you to press 1 to make a change or 2 to exit without changing Entering text When you are setting certain functions such as the Station ID you may need to type text into the MFC Most number keys have three or four letters printed above them The keys for 0 and do not have printed letters because they are used for special characters By pressing the appropriate number key repeatedly you can access the character you want Press Key one time two times three times four times A O O NOOO fF WO sauze 0U B lt xco2Zzxz mim 2 lt lt DoOr 1710 NOM OO BR W Inserting spaces To enter a space press 9 once between numbers and twice between characters GETTING STARTED 4 3 Making corrections If you entered a letter incorrectly and want to change it press to move the cursor under the incorrect character Then press Clear Back The letter above the cursor will be deleted Re enter the correct character Repeating letters If you need to enter a character that is on the same key as the previous character press 9 to move the cursor to the right before you press the key again Special characters and symbols Press or 0 and then press or 8 to move the cursor under t
55. Member Setup dialog box type the Member s information Name is a required field Click OK to save the information 17 8 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Setting up a Group for Broadcasting If you often send the same PC FAX to several Members you can combine them in a Group 7 Inthe Brother Address Book dialog box click the icon to create a Group The Group Setup dialog box appears Brother Address Book Group Setup Group Name fe Sag o Available Names Group Members John Roller Joe Smith lt lt Remove OK Cancel 2 Type the name of the new Group in the Group Name field 3 Inthe Available Names box select each Member to be included in the Group and then click Add gt gt Members you add to the Group will be added to the Group Members box 4 After all the members you want have been added click OK USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 9 Editing Member information Select the Member or Group you want to edit 2 Click the edit icon 3 Change the Member or Group information 4 Click OK to save your changes Deleting a Member or Group Select the Member or Group you want to delete 2 Click the delete 5S icon 3 When the Confirm Item Delete dialog box appears click OK Exporting the Address Book You can export the whole Address Book to an ASCIl text file csv Or if you wish you can select and create a Vcard that will be attached to that Member s outgoing E mail A Vcard
56. NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 4 Enter a number up to 20 digits Press Set f you want to enter a pause in the dialling sequence for example to access an outside line press Redial Pause as you are entering the digits Each key press of Redial Pause enters a 3 5 second pause when the number is dialled and a dash appears on the screen 5 Use the dial pad to enter the name up to 15 characters Press Set You can use the chart on page 4 3 to help you enter letters OR Press Set to store the number without a name 6 Goto Step 2 to store another One Touch number OR Press Stop Exit When you dial an auto dial number the LCD shows the name and number you ve stored or if you haven t stored a name only the number you ve stored AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 7 2 Storing Speed Dial numbers You can store Speed Dial numbers so that when you dial you will only have to press a few keys Search Speed Dial the three digit number and Start The MFC can store 300 Speed Dial numbers 1 Press Menu 2 3 2 23 Set Quick Dial 2 Use the dial pad to enter a 2 Speed Dial three digit Speed Dial number Speed Dial 001 300 For example press 005 Press Set If you have not installed the optional LAN board NC 9100h go to Step 4 OR If you have installed optional LAN board NC 9100h the MFC will ask you if have the Speed Dial is for a fax telephone number or an e mail address
57. OCR hed Modify Settings Scanner Setting i Processor Word Processor Microsoft WordPad 7 Link Settings To access Scan to OCR Configurations screen Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the word processor application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 12 Word Processor Word Processor From the pull down list select the word processor you want to use Click the Link Settings button to display the screen to set up the document format you want to use and identify the OCR program Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR x Settings F Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help File type From the pull down list select the file type you want to use for your word processor or text documents OCR ldentify the OCR program to use to convert scanned documen
58. Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan aScan to E Mail Scan to Image Scan to OCR N 3 Press or to select Scan wScan to File to OCR Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process Scan to File You can scan a black and white or a color document into your computer and save it as a file in the folder you choose The file type and specific folder are based on the settings you have chosen in the Scan to File screen of the Brother MFL Pro Control Center See Scan to File on page 14 8 to 14 9 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass AScan to E Mail Press Scan Scan to Image 3 Press or toselectScan yon Fo OOF to File Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process N Scan to OCR HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 18 Using ScanSoft PaperPort and OmniPage OCR ScanSoft PaperPort for Brother is a document management application You will use PaperPort to view scanned documents PaperPort has a sophisticated yet easy to use filing system that will help you organize your graphics and text documents It allows you to combine or stack documents of different formats for printing faxing or filing ScanSoft PaperPort can be accessed through the ScanSoft P
59. Polling RX A Standard Secure E EA Press Set Enter a four digit secure code This is the same as the security code of the fax machine you are polling Press Set Enter the fax number you are polling Press Start Setup Delayed Polling Receive You can set the MFC to begin Polling Receive at a later time 1 2 3 NO OQA A If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Menu 2 1 8 IALL E Press lt or to select 8 Polling RX i A Standard Timer v esate Press Set The screen prompts you to enter the time you want to begin polling Enter the time in 24 hour format you want to begin polling For example enter 21 45 for 9 45 PM Press Set The screen prompts you to enter the fax number you are polling and then to press Start The MFC makes the polling call at the time you entered A You can set up only one Delayed Polling 5 11 SETUP RECEIVE Sequential Polling The MFC can request documents from several fax units in a single operation You just specify several destinations in Step 4 Afterward a Sequential Polling Report will be printed 1 2 3 4 6 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Menu 2 1 8 Press or to choose Standard Secure Or Timer Press Set when the screen displays the setting you want If you selected Standard go to Step 5 E Ifyou selected Secure enter a four digit number and press Set and then go to Step 5 Ifyou selected
60. Press Stop Exit Printing the Print Configuration List You can print a list of current printer settings 1 Press Menu 4 2 2 42 Print Options 2 Press Start The MFC prints the 2 Configuration settings 3 Press Stop Exit Restoring factory default settings You can return the MFC to the original factory settings Fonts and macros in the temporary settings are cleared 1 Press Menu 4 3 43 Reset Printer 2 Press 1 to restore the factory A 1 Reset settings v 2 Exit OR Press 2 to exit without making a change 3 Press Stop Exit 4 Only the printer settings will be returned to the original factory settings USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 19 Printer driver settings Windows Only Printer driver settings You can change the following printer settings when you print from your computer Media Type Multiple Page Duplex Watermark Scaling Print Date amp Time 2 Quick Print Setup Secure Print 1 These settings are not available with the BR Script driver 2 These settings are not available with the Universal printer driver How to access the printer driver settings Select Print from the File menu in your application software 2 Select Brother MFC 8440 or MFC 8840D USB Printer as your printer and click Properties Preference The Printing Preferences dialog box will appear e E The way you access the printer driver settings depends on your operating syste
61. Replace the toner cartridge with a new one See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Paper error Put paper in the tray or clear the paper jam Check the LCD message See Troubleshooting and routine maintenance on page 22 1 Scan lock Check that the scanner lock lever is released See Scanner Lock Lever on page 1 4 Others Check the LCD message See Troubleshooting and routine maintenance on page 22 1 Out of memory Memory is full See Error messages on page 22 1 A When the power switch is off or the MFC is in Sleep mode the LED is off INTRODUCTION 1 11 About fax machines Fax tones and handshake When someone is sending a fax the MFC sends fax calling tones CNG tones These are quiet intermittent beeps every 4 seconds You ll hear them after you dial and press Start and they will continue for about 60 seconds after dialling During that time the sending machine must begin the handshake or connection with the receiving machine Each time you use automatic procedures to send a fax you are sending CNG tones over the phone line You ll soon learn to listen for these quiet beeps each time you answer a phone on your fax line so you will know if you are receiving a fax message The receiving fax responds with fax receiving tones which are loud chirping sounds A receiving fax chirps for about 40 seconds over the phone line and the LCD shows Receiving If your MFC i
62. SCAN tO Mageri ara aaaea a Er aana 14 14 To access Scan to Image Configurations screen 14 14 Scanner Settings 0 cccceeeecececeeeeeceeeeeceeeeesaeeeeaes 14 15 Target Application eecceecceeeeeeeetteeeeetenteeeeeeeea 14 15 CODY tacit sintered A A adic 14 16 To access the Copy Configurations screen 14 16 Scanner settings cccecceeeeeeeeeceeeeeseeeeeceeeeaeeeeaes 14 17 Number of COpieS 0 cecceceeeceeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeaeeeeaes 14 17 Send a faki ieee REA AEE ENEE EAEE 14 18 To access the Send a fax Configurations screen 14 18 Scanner settings cccececeeeeeececeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeaeeeeaes 14 18 PC FAX SENS irnn dinoana ianiiia dandis 14 19 XV Using the Windows Based Brother SmartUI Control Center cccccsccsssssseesesessseessssesseeesssessseesssseeeeeeess Brother SmartUI Control Center 0 cceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeees AutoLoad the Brother Control Center 08 How to turn off Auto Load Brother Control Center features ccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeees Auto Configuration c cccceeeeceeeeeceeeeeeeeeesaeeeeeeees Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button CONPIQUIATION iiair siete en eal Scan to E mail cceeccccessseeeeesseeeeeeeessneeeeesseeneeeeesees SCAN FG ocarina RANE Scan to IMage rer SCAN tO OGR enana AEA 1 Software Section ecccceccceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeetceeeeeeeeee 1 SOCAN E E a E E A 1 CODY insae a a e Pe A E E ere terre 1 OX vaste
63. Scan to Application Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft Paint Link Preferences Eormat Folder USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 23 To change the destination application select the appropriate application from the Application pull down list To change the other configuration options click the Link Preferences button Send To Options Microsoft Paint E3 Program Links Reduce image to screen resolution 96 dpi I Show waming if item has annotations If the item is updated annotations become a permanent part of the image JV Update original item if item sent is modified M Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help This option enables you to reduce image to screen resolution 96dpi show a warning if the item has annotations update the original item if sent item is modified if needed 15 24 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Copy The copy buttons can be customized to allow you to take advantage of the features built into the Brother printer drivers to do advanced copy functions such as n in 1 printing The Copy buttons are automatically linked to the default Windows printer driver You can set any printer as the default printer including non Brother printers Before you can use the Copy buttons you must first configure the printer driver by right clicking on a Copy button and selecting Co
64. Scanning is supported in Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater Accessing the scanner Run your Macintosh TWAIN compliant application software The first time you use the Brother TWAIN driver MFL Pro P2500 set it as the default by choosing Select Source or the other menu name to select the device Afterwards for each document you scan choose Acquire Image or Scan The scanner setup dialog box will appear A The screen shown in this section are from Mac OS 9 The screen on your Macintosh may vary depending on your Operating System A The method of selecting the source or choosing to scan may vary depending on the application software you are using Brother MFLPro Scanner Image 21 3 Scanning Area Resolution 200x 200 dpi COt lt isNSCSC S E Color Type Black amp White Scanning Area Letter 8 5x 11 in Width 8 5 Height 11 Unit mm inch Adjust O custom Colorsync Intent Perceptual Images Scanner Profile MFC 8840D I PEESI O Use Photo Paper a5 Cancel PreScan J OS 8 6 9 2 18 20 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Scanning an image into your Macintosh You can scan a whole page OR scan a portion after pre scanning the document Scanning a whole page Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Adjust the following settings if needed in the Scan
65. Security On then Fax Forwarding and Remote Retrieval will continue to work While Memory Security is On the following operations are available m Receiving faxes into memory limited by memory capacity Fax Forwarding If Fax Storage was already On m Remote Retrieval While Memory Security is On the following operations are NOT available E Sending faxes Printing received faxes Copy PC printing PC scanning ev To print the faxes in memory turn Memory Security of h 6 23 SETUP SEND Setting up the password ae If you forget the Memory Security password please call your Brother dealer for service 7 Press Menu 2 0 1 20 Miscellaneous 2 Enter a 4 digit number for the TeMem Secut TEY password New Passwd xxxx Press Set If you are entering the password for the first time the LCD shows Verify 3 Re enter the password Press Set Turning Memory Security on 7 Press Menu 2 0 1 20 Miscellaneous 2 Press or to select Set 1 Mem Security 3 A Set Security Security v Set Password Press Set 3 Enter the registered 4 digit password Press Set The MFC goes offline and the LCD shows Secure Mode ae If there is a power failure the data in the memory will remain for up to 4 days Turning Memory Security off 7 Press Menu Enter the registered 4 digit password and press Set 2 Memory Security is automatically turned off and the LCD shows the Date and Time ae If you ente
66. This is one way you can have a separate phone number for your machine Your machine has a BT Call Sign compatible distinctive ringing function allowing you to dedicate a second phone number on the same phone line just for receiving faxes 4 You can switch it off temporarily then turn it back on When you get a new fax number make sure you reset this function O When you set the BT Call Sign feature to ON the receive mode is setto Manual automatically Manual mode will never pick up a Call by itself since it is lt lt Neutral gt gt You can not change the receive mode to the other mode while the BT Call Sign is set to on To enable the machine to work with BT Call Sign Only with your external phone Press Menu 2 0 4 The screen displays the current setting of this feature 2 Press or to select on or Of f 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit A If you turn off the BT Call Sign receive mode stays Manual You need to set receive mode again SETUP RECEIVE 5 14 i Setup Send How to Fax You can send faxes from the ADF Automatic Document Feeder or from the scanner glass Enter Fax mode Before sending faxes make sure Fax is illuminated in green If not press Z Fax to enter Fax mode The default setting is Fax Faxing from the automatic document feeder ADF The ADF can hold up to 50 pages and feeds each sheet individually Use standard 75 g m paper and always fan the pages before puttin
67. Tiles siiievvsseccenvesvadeeesscerewdeersieetecineseess 5 30 5 34 User interface wo ccccceececesssseseeeeeeeuaueeeeeeeeneas 17 5 Simple style ecceeeeeeeeeee eects eeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 17 5 Facsimile Style neccennais 17 5 Speed Dial setup cccececeeeeeeeeeeeee tees eeeeeeeesaeeeteaeeeeeas 17 6 The Address Book ccccccccesscceceeeeeeceeeeeeseeeeeeeenenees 17 7 Setting up a Member in the Address Book 17 8 Setting up a Group for Broadcasting cccceee 17 9 Editing Member information 0 c ccccccseeeeeees 17 10 Deleting a Member or Group cceceeeeeseeeeeees 17 10 Exporting the Address BOOK 17 10 Importing to the Address Book s es 17 12 Setting up a Cover Page 17 14 You can enter information in each field 17 15 Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile SYE cran N 17 16 Pedal diri senegkanisarcniiu tanniini aiaa anaana ada 17 17 Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Simple E E E E tee dae eee ev gence evra nbdeneee estes 17 17 Setting up PC FAX receiving Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 only cccccecsseesesseeeseteeeseeseees 17 19 Running PC FAX Receiving eeens 17 19 Setting Up YOUr PO assisia 17 19 Viewing new PC FAX messages 17 20 Receiving a fax into the PC Windows XP OMY cssccsesesseseeesseescecsesecsecaeseeaeees 17 21 How to receive a fax automatically eeeee 17 21 H
68. Time c ceceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeees 4 1 Setting the Station ID cece eee teeter eeteeeeneeee 4 2 Entering t6Xt ncercnionenanin 4 3 Inserting SPACES oo eee ee eect ee eeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaae 4 3 Making Corrections cccceeeeseeeeeeeenneeeeeeennaeeeeeeeaas 4 4 Repeating letters eee ceceseeeeeeeenneeeeeeenaeeeeeeeaas 4 4 Special characters and symbols n 4 4 PABX and TRANSFER 4 5 Setting PABX sirrcna aas 4 5 General Setup ecccceeceeeeceee eens teens ee eaaeeeeneeeeaaeeneeees 4 6 Setting the Mode Timer s an 4 6 Setting the Paper Type c cccceceeseeessteeeeteeeeees 4 7 Setting the Paper Size eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteeeeees 4 8 Setting the Ring Volume n 4 9 Setting the Beeper Volume 4 9 Setting the Speaker VOIUME ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 10 Turning on Automatic Daylight Savings Time 4 10 TOMCr Save oo ceccceeccececceeeeaeeeeeeeeeesaeeseeeeeetaeesteaeeees 4 10 Sleep TiM enirn a aN 4 11 Turning off the Scanner Lamp ccccceeeeeeeeeees 4 11 Power SaVe nutes nein enian annaa RGN nara 4 12 Setting the Tray Use for Copy mode s s s 4 13 Setting the Tray Use for Fax mode 4 14 Setting the LCD Contrast eerren 4 14 Initial Setup depending on Your Country s s s 4 15 Setting Tone or Pulse dialling mode Except for the Nordic Countries ce 4 15 Setup Receive cceceecceseeeeneeeeesseeeeseeeeesesesseeeeeseesesneeeensnees 5 1
69. aser printers E For the best print quality we recommend using long grained paper E If you are using special paper and the paper has problems feeding from the paper tray try again using the manual feed tray or Multi purpose tray m You can use recycled paper in this MFC 2 2 PAPER Paper capacity of the paper trays Paper size Number of sheets Multi purpose tray Width 69 8 to 220 mm 50 sheets MP tray Height 116 to 406 4 mm 80 g m MFC 8840D Manual feed tray Width 69 8 to 220 mm Single sheet MFC 8440 Height 116 to 406 4 mm Paper tray Tray 1 A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO 250 sheets B5 JIS Executive A5 A6 80 g m B6 ISO Optional lower tray A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO 250 sheets Tray 2 B5 JIS Executive A5 B6 ISO 80 g m Duplex printing A4 Letter Legal PAPER 2 3 Paper specifications for each paper tray Model MFC 8440 MFC 8840D Paper Multi N A Plain paper Bond paper types purpose Recycled paper tray Envelope Labels 2 and Transparency 2 Manual Plain paper Bond paper N A feed tray Recycled paper Envelope Labels and Transparency Paper tray Plain paper Recycled paper and Transparency 2 Optional Plain paper Recycled paper and Transparency 2 Lower tray Paper Multi N A 60 to 161 g m weights purpose tray Manual 60 to 161 g m N A feed tray Paper tray 60 to 105 g m Optional 60
70. checked by the MFC Your MFC must have enough memory for this feature to work INTRODUCTION 1 13 Connecting the MFC Connecting an external telephone Although your MFC does not have a handset you can connect a separate telephone or telephone answering device directly to your MFC as shown in the diagram below ii gt Extension Telephone External 2 J be i SP Telephone AL Example for the U K Whenever this phone or TAD is in use the LCD shows Telephone 1 14 INTRODUCTION Connecting an external telephone answering device TAD Sequence You may choose to connect an answering device However when you have an external TAD on the same telephone line as the MFC the TAD answers all calls and the MFC listens for fax calling CNG tones If it hears them the MFC takes over the call and receives the fax If it doesn t hear CNG tones the MFC lets the TAD continue playing your outgoing message so your caller can leave you a voice message The TAD must answer within four rings the recommended setting is two rings The MFC cannot hear CNG tones until the TAD has answered the call and with four rings there are only 8 to 10 seconds of CNG tones left for the fax handshake Make sure you carefully follow the instructions in this guide for recording your outgoing message We do not recommend using the toll saver feature on your external answering machine if
71. clicking on it As long as you have the appropriate application on your computer to display it you can also double click a non PaperPort item to open it a ands ig a z amp E4 a KA k J a 4 a t ie Page View displays each item as a full page HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 20 Organizing your items in folders PaperPort has an easy to use filing system for organizing your items The filing system consists of folders and items that you select to view in Desktop View An item can be a PaperPort item or a non PaperPort item E Folders are arranged in a tree structure in the Folder View You use this section to select folders and view their items in Desktop View You can simply drag and drop an item onto a folder When the folder is highlighted release the mouse button and the item is stored in that folder E Folders can be nested that is stored in other folders When you double click a folder its items both PaperPort MAX files and non paperport files appear on the Desktop E You can also use Windows Explorer to manage the folders and items shown in Desktop View Quick links to other applications ScanSoft PaperPort automatically recognizes many other applications on your computer and creates a working link to them The Send To Bar at the bottom of the Desktop view shows icons of those linked applications To use a link drag an item onto one of the ic
72. create a file in any application on your PC and then send it as a Network PC FAX You can even attach a cover page note All you have to do is set up the receiving parties as Members or Groups in your PC FAX Address Book or simply enter the destination address or fax number into the User Interface You can use the Address Book Search feature to quickly find members to send your fax a Please check Brother Solutions Center for the latest updates available for Brother Network PC FAX Visit http solutions brother com Quick Tips Please see Enable Network PC FAX on page 20 1 before using Brother Network PC FAX Ensure that Network PC FAX is set to Enable in the Sending tab of Setup See Enable Network PC FAX on page 20 1 2 To send an E mail from Brother Network PC FAX you can either enter the E mail address in the To field or in the display for Facsimile Style using the PC keyboard or select the member from the Address Book The member must have E mail selected as the chosen destination for that member 3 To send an Internet Fax from Brother Network PC FAX you can either enter the Internet Fax address in the To field or in the display for Facsimile style using the PC keyboard or select the member from the Address Book The member must have MFC Mail Address selected as the chosen destination for that member 4 To send a Network Fax simply select a member from the address book or enter the fax number into the User Interface
73. cvcasissdse tienes ta ceauns nadvideaastactedenesaazsansaaeseelomeaiaees 1 CUSTOM sescsisisseseisci dicen sasisdeenssanesesrsanassceriecadaseareaaaed 1 Scano File acana e E attire 1 Scan to E mail c ccceessecceesecceeeeseeeceeeeesseneeeessesnaeeess 1 File attachments 2 c ccceeeecceceeeeeeeeeeeesanaaeeeeees 1 Scanner settings eeeeeeeeeereeerreerr resene 1 Scan to OCR Word Processing program 1 Scan to Graphics application example Microsoft Paint ccceceeeceeeteeeeeneeees 1 CODY sare czsee eee e caw ete bat ce ae ee peeve se 1 Fax setting PC Fax using the Brother Fax Driver 1 FAX settings 2 0 ecceeeeccceeeeeeesneeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaes 1 Custom User defined buttons 1 Customizing a user defined button cccccee 1 1 Select the Scan Action 0eceeeeeeeees 1 2 Select Configuration for the Scan Type 1 3 Select Scan Settings ce eceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 Using MFC Remote Setup cssecceesesseeeensereessseeeneeeees MFC Remote Setup eccccccceeeeeeeeecceeeteneeeeneeeteaeeee Using Brother PC FAX software cccsseeesseesseeneeeees PC FAX SQNCUING wi cats cesceateases riii aiana aaa Setting up user information ccceceeeeeeeeeenteee SENGING SOUP irinn unninn Outside line ACCESS ceeeeeeeeeeeceteeeeeeeeeteeeeteeeeees Include N ader ccceeseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees Address Book
74. dialling You can store a second number on each key if you press Shift and the One Touch Key together Out of Paper Reception Receives faxes into the MFC s memory when the machine is out of paper Overseas Mode Makes temporary changes to the fax tones to accommodate noise and static on overseas phone lines G 3 GLOSSARY Pause Allows you to place a 3 5 second delay in the dialling sequence stored on Speed Dial numbers Press Redial Pause as many times as needed for longer pauses Photo resolution A resolution setting that uses varying shades of gray for the best representation of photographs Polling The process of a fax machine calling another fax machine to retrieve waiting fax messages Pulse A form of rotary dialling on a telephone line Quick Dial List A listing of names and numbers stored in Speed Dial memory in numerical order Real Time Transmission When memory is full you can send faxes in real time Remaining jobs You can check which jobs are waiting in memory and cancel jobs individually Remote Access Code Your own four digit code that allows you to call and access your MFC from a remote location Remote Activation Code Press this code 51 when you answer a fax call from an extension or external phone to transfer the call to the MFC Remote Retrieval Access The ability to access your MFC remotely from a touch tone phone Resolution The number of vertical and horizontal lines per inch See Standard F
75. dialog box Printer MFC 8840D H Output Name FAX Bob 999 888 0000 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 17 Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book application 7 Click Address Book button 2 Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book application to the Destination Fax Numbers filed When you are finished addressing your fax click Print Address Book Output Bob 999 888 0000 4 3 3 600 Output cimi 2 Group Name npu ML ga Barble Directories gt Edit Ke Sann Ar Printer MFC 8840D E 18 18 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH work 999 888 0001 work fax 999 888 0000 work bob xxx yyy com J A The vCard used must contain a work fax or home fax number ae When you choose work fax or home fax from the Stored Fax Numbers pull down list only the fax number stored in the Mac OS X Address Book for the selected category will be used If the fax number is stored in only one of the Mac OS X Address Book categories the number will be retrieved no matter which category you have selected work or home USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 19 Using the Brother TWAIN scanner driver with your Macintosh The Brother MFC software includes a TWAIN Scanner driver for Macintosh You can use this Macintosh TWAIN Scanner driver with any applications that support the TWAIN specifications A Mac OS X
76. eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeeeeeeee 21 1 IEC 60825 Specification 0 1 21 1 Laser DIOS icrnenen ninnan 21 1 CAUTION E A eee 21 1 For your safet ncnian aa anais 21 2 Disconnect device eesseeesrreesrrrenerrrrresrinnneernnn 21 2 IT power system For Norway only 21 2 LAN connection ssssesssseseeerrenerrrreesrerrnesrinesrenneeea 21 2 International Eneray StaR Compliance Statement 2 00 eeceeeceee cence cence eee eeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeas 21 2 Important safety instructions eener 21 3 Trademarks oe eecceeeeeeeeeeee AISNEAN Aarra AAA TA ta 21 5 Troubleshooting and routine maintenance 0 00 22 1 TrOUDICSNOOTING esnrsncirirrnn 22 1 Error MESSAGES 000 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeee eee eeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeennaeees 22 1 DOCUMENT JAMS ennan 22 5 Document is jammed in the top of the ADF unit 22 5 Document is jammed inside the ADF unit 22 5 Paper JAMS oe eeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeesececeeeeeeeeeeeeneeneeeeeenenees 22 6 Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8840D h 22 10 If you are having difficulty with your MFC 22 12 Improving the print QUality ce ecteeeeeeeteeeeeeee 22 17 Packing and shipping the MFO 22 21 Routine MAINTENANCE eee ee eeeee eee eeeneeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeaaes 22 24 Cleaning the SCanne l cccceeeesteeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 22 24 Cleaning the printer 0 cccceeceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 22 25 Cleaning the drum Uniit 0 ccceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeees
77. for photographic images Colors Set either 256 Color which scans up to 256 colors or 24 bit Color which scans up to 16 8 million colors Although using 24 bit Color creates an image with the most accurate colors the image file will be approximately three times larger than a file created with 256 Color Brightness Adjust this settings 50 to 50 to obtain the best image The default value is 0 representing an average You can set the level by dragging the slide bar to the right or left to lighten or darken the image You can also type a value in the box for the setting If the scanned image is too light set a lower brightness value and scan the document again If the image is too dark set a higher brightness value and scan the document again Contrast This setting is adjustable only when you have selected one of the gray scale settings It is not available when Black amp White and Color settings are selected as the Scan Type You can increase or decrease the contrast level by moving the slide bar to the left or right An increase emphasizes dark and light areas of the Image while a decrease reveals more detail in gray areas You can also type a value in the box for the setting 13 7 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS Document Size Set the Size to one of the following Letter 8 1 2 x 11 in A4 210 x 297 mm Legal 8 1 2 x 14 in A5 148 x 210 mm B5 182 x 257 mm Executive 7 1 4 x 10 1 2 in Busine
78. glass Press Set Set Next Page The MFC starts scanning and Ther Press PR then returns to Step 4 Repeat Steps 4 and 5 for each additional page To send the next fax go to Step 1 SETUP SEND 6 10 Real Time Transmission When you are sending a fax the MFC will scan the documents into the memory before sending Then as soon as the phone line is free the MFC will start dialling and sending If the memory becomes full the MFC will send the document in real time even if Real Time TX is setto Off Sometimes you may want to send an important document immediately without waiting for memory transmission You can set Real Time TX to On for all documents or for the next fax only If you want to fax multiple pages use ADF 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Menu 2 2 5 oo Sans Gane 3 To change the default setting 5 Real Time TX press or to select On or ete Fax Only ose Press Set Go to Step 5 For the next fax transmission only press lt or to select Next Fax Only Press Set 4 Press or to select Next Fax On or Next Fax Off Press Set 6 11 SETUP SEND 5 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings for this page and then go to Step 6 6 E
79. have selected Fax Forwarding Fax Storage is set to On automatically Programming a Fax Forwarding number When Fax Forwarding is set to On your MFC stores the received fax in the memory Then it dials the fax number you ve programmed and forwards the fax message 7 Press Menu 2 5 1 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Press lt gt or to select on or i Forward Off v off Press Set The LCD will ask you to enter the fax number to which faxes will be forwarded 3 Enter the forwarding number up to 20 digits Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 8 1 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Setting Fax Storage If you set Fax Storage to ON you will be able to retrieve fax messages from another location using Fax Forwarding Remote Retrieval operations The LCD will show when you have a fax stored in memory 7 Press Menu 2 5 2 25 Remote Fax Opt The LCD will ask you tochoosea 2 n Storage fax setting v Off 2 Press or to select On or 3 g Off Press Set Press Stop Exit If there are faxes in the memory when you turn Fax Storage OFF the LCD will ask if you want to erase the faxes in the memory If you press 1 all fax data is erased and Fax Storage is turned off If you press 2 faxes are not erased and Fax Storage stays on See Polling on page 5 10 ef E After you have selected Fax Forwarding feature Fax Storage is set to On automatically If you bring Fax Forwarding feature back to off
80. in use Error Message appears MFC is Busy or MFC Connect Failure Error Message appears 1 Make sure the MFC is on plugged into the AC power outlet and turned the power switch on and that it is connected directly to the computer using the bundled IEEE 1284 bi directional parallel cable The cable must not go through another peripheral device such as a Zip Drive External CD ROM Drive or Switch box 2 Make sure the MFC is not displaying an error message on the LCD Display 3 Make sure no other device drivers which also communicate through the parallel port are running automatically when you boot up the computer such as drivers for Zip Drives External CD ROM Drive etc Suggested areas to check Load Run command lines in the win ini file or the Statup Group Check with you computer manufacturer to confirm that the computer s parallel port settings in the BIOS are set to support a bi directional machine i e Parallel Port Mode ECP A MFC Connect Failure If the MFC is not connected to your PC and you have loaded the Brother software the PC will show MFC Connect Failure each time you restart Windows You can ignore this message or you can turn it off as follows Double click tool WarnOFF REG from the supplied CD ROM The Scan key on the MFC s control panel will not work unless you restart your PC with the MFC connected To turn it back on Double click tool WarnON
81. is an electronic business card that contains the sender s contact information To export the whole current Address book If you are creating a Vcard you must first select the member If you select Vcard in Step 1 Save as type will be Vcard vcf From the Address Book select File point to Export and then click Text OR Click Veard and go to Step 5 2 From the Available Items column select the data fields you wish to Export and then click Add gt gt A Select the items in the order you want them listed 17 10 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 3 if you are exporting to an ASCII file select the Divide Character Tab or Comma This selects between a Tab or Comma to separate the data fields 4 Select OK to save the data Select Items Select items in the order you want them to be listed You can select the separator character to be inserted between items Available Items Selected Items Street Address City State Province Zip Code Post Code lt lt Bemove Country Region Business Phone Divide Character Tab C Comma Cancel 5 Type the name of the file and then select Save Save in My Documents Adobe re E Documenti PaperPort My Recent Eigene PaperPort Dokumente Documents Mes documents PaperPort Mijn PaperPort documenten Mina PaperPort dokument Desktop mis documentos de PaperPort My Music my PaperPort Documents my Pictures My Documents
82. it exceeds five rings If you do not receive all your faxes reduce the Ring Delay setting on your external TAD INTRODUCTION 1 15 S Do not connect a TAD elsewhere on the same phone line Example for the U K Connections 1 Plug the telephone line cord from the wall socket into the back of the MFC in the socket labelled LINE 2 Plug the telephone line cord from your external TAD into the correct socket on the machine Make sure this cord is connected to the TAD at the TAD s telephone ine socket and not its telephone socket Set your external TAD to one or two rings The MFC s Ring Delay setting does not apply Record the outgoing message on your external TAD Set the TAD to answer calls Set the Receive Mode to External TAD See Choosing the Receive Mode on page 5 1 OAR Q 1 16 INTRODUCTION Recording outgoing message OGM on an external TAD Timing is important in recording this message The message sets up the ways to handle both manual and automatic fax reception Record 5 seconds of silence at the beginning of your message This allows your MFC time to listen for the fax CNG tones of automatic transmissions before they stop 2 Limit your speaking to 20 seconds 3 End your 20 second message by giving your Remote Activation Code for people sending manual faxes For example After the beep leave a message or send a fax by pressing 51 and Start 4 We rec
83. left blank The Cover Page shows your Station ID and the number of pages you re sending See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 If you have Cover Page set to ON Menu 2 2 7 the number of pages is left blank You can select a comment to include on your Cover Page 1 Comment Off 2 Please Call 3 Urgent 4 Confidential Instead of using one of the preset comments you can enter two personal messages of your own up to 27 characters long Use the chart on page 4 3 for help entering characters See Composing your own comments on page 6 15 5 User Defined 6 User Defined Most of the Setup Send settings are temporary to allow you to make changes for each fax you send However when you set up your Cover Page and Cover Page Comments you are changing the default settings so they will be available while faxing SETUP SEND 6 14 Composing your own comments You can set up two comments of your own 1 2 3 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Menu 2 2 8 22 5etup Send Press lt or to choose 5 or 8 Coverpage Note 6 for your own comment f Press Set Use the dial pad to enter your customized comment Press Set See Entering text on page 4 3 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 to exit Cover page for the next fax only This feature does not work without the Station ID So m
84. lock lever down and take the toner cartridge out of the drum unit assembly Take out the jammed paper if there is any inside the drum unit 9 Putthe drum unit assembly back in the MFC 10 Put the paper tray in the MFC 11 Close the front cover Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8840D 7 Pull the duplex tray and paper tray out of the MFC TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 10 3 Put the duplex tray and paper tray back into the MFC 7 M The Jam Duplex message appears if you remove a sheet of paper from the Face Down Output Tray after only one side has printed E Ifthe Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing is not set correctly for the paper size paper jams may occur and the printing will be out of position on the page 22 11 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE If you are having difficulty with your MFC If you think there is a problem with the way your faxes look make a copy first lf the copy looks good the problem is probably not your MFC Check the chart below and follow the troubleshooting tips DIFFICULTY SUGGESTIONS Printing or Receiving Faxes Condensed print and horizontal streaks or the top and bottom of sentences are cut off If your copy looks good you probably had a bad connection with static or interference on the telephone line If the copy looks bad clean the scanner area If there is still problem call Brother or your dealer for service Poo
85. not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Search Speed Dial and then the three digit Speed Dial number See Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 3 Press Start a If you try to use a One Touch or Speed Dial location with no number stored in it you hear a warning sound and LCD shows Not Registered The LCD returns to normal after 2 seconds Manual dialling Manual dialing means pressing all of the digits of the phone number Using an external telephone The easiest way to use your external telephone is to pick up the handset and dial the number on the external telephone as you normally would Pick up the handset of the external telephone 2 Dial the number on the external telephone 3 To hang up replace the handset AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 7 8 Access codes and credit card numbers Sometimes you may want to choose from several long distance carriers when you make a call Rates may vary depending on the time and destination To take advantage of low rates you can store the access codes or long distance carriers and credit card numbers as One Touch and Speed Dial numbers You can store these long dialling sequences by dividing them and setting them up on separate keys in any combination You can even include manual dialling using the dial pad The combined number will be dialled in the order that you entered it as soon a
86. press Stop Exit Comm Error Poor phone line quality caused communication error Try the call again If problem continues call Telephone Company to check your phone line Connection Fail You tried to poll a fax machine that is not in Polled Waiting mode Verify the other party s polling setup Cooling Down Wait fora while The temperature of the drum unit or toner cartridge is too hot The MFC will pause its current print job and go in to cooling down mode During the cooling down mode you will hear the cooling fan running while the display on the MFC shows Cooling Down and Wait for a while You must wait 20 minutes for it to cool Cover Open The front cover was not completely closed Close the front cover for the drum Pls Close unit Cover Disconnected The other party or other party s fax machine Try to transmit or receive again terminated the call DX Lever The paper adjustment lever for duplex Set the duplex lever to the correct Error printing is not correctly set for the paper size position See To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8840D on page 2 11 Face Up Open The face up output tray is open Please close the face up output tray Fuser Open The fuser cover is open Please close the jam clear cover See Paper jams on page 22 6 Machine Error XX MFC has a mechanical problem Call Brother or your d
87. prints the selected items on the MFC You cannot print the MFC Remote Setup changes until you click the Apply button to upload the new data to the MFC Then you can click the Print button to get an up to date printout Export button Click the Export button to save your current settings to a file Import button Click the Import button to read the settings from your saved file into the MFC Remote Setup screen a You can use the Export and Import buttons to save and use several sets of settings for your MFC 16 2 USING MFC REMOTE SETUP Using Brother PC FAX software For Windows PC FAX sending The Brother PC FAX feature lets you send a file from your PC You can create a file in any application on your PC and then send it as a PC FAX You can even attach a cover page note All you have to do is set up the receiving parties as Members or Groups in your PC FAX Address Book Then you can use the Address Book Search feature to quickly find them to address your fax m PC FAX is available in Black amp White only E If you are using Windows XP Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 2000 Professional we recommend that you are logged on with administrator rights USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 1 Setting up user information A You can access the User Information from the FAX Sending dialog box by clicking See Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style on page 17 16 Brother PC FAX Setup Sending Spee
88. stays on for 16 hours before automatically switching off to preserve the life of the lamp You can turn off the scanner lamp manually if you wish by pressing the and 9 keys simultaneously The scanner lamp will remain turned off until the next time you use the scanning feature Turning off the scanner lamp will also reduce the power consumption a Please note that turning the lamp off regularly will reduce the lamp s life Some people prefer to turn the lamp off as they leave the office or late at night at home This is not necessary for normal day to day use E If the MFC is in Sleep Mode when you change the Sleep Time the new setting will take effect the next time the MFC copies prints or is restarted GETTING STARTED 4 11 Power Save Setting Power Save mode reduces power consumption If Power Save Mode is switched On when the MFC is idle and the scanner lamp is turned off it drops into power save mode in approx 10 minutes automatically In the Power Save Mode you cannot use the fax detect function or remote activation The MFC will not display the date and time in this condition 7 Press Menu 1 6 3 TROET 2 Press lt or to select on or a Save Ont v off 3 Press Set when the screen displays your selection 4 Press Stop Exit 4 12 GETTING STARTED Setting the Tray Use for Copy mode a If your MFC is a MFC 8440 without the optional tray 2 you can skip this setting MFC 8440
89. style 17 16 QFOUP E ST 17 9 setting Up eee 17 14 simple style 2 17 17 Phone line CONNECTIONS eee 1 16 difficulties 0 22 12 multi line PBX 0 1 20 Power falre ao 3 1 Print ALCS tii vatinsetia Gitar 10 1 difficulty ese ree eects 22 12 GIVER sai apis 12 1 emulation Windows EA 11 1 11 18 12 17 Emulation Selection 11 18 envelopes n 11 12 fax from memory n s 5 7 improving the print quality PAE E E ET 22 17 jaMS nn aeei iia 22 6 manual feed tray 11 5 multi purpose tray 11 6 on thick paper 11 8 reports and lists 11 19 resolution aaae S 5 Secure key nsss 11 17 specifications ee S 5 two sided duplex printing divi E 11 3 Print media oo eee 2 1 Printer driver 12 17 PS printer driver 12 17 Quality key copying 10 6 Receive mode External TAD 5 1 Fax Only eiiie 5 1 FON TOL ssori 5 1 Manual issii 5 1 Redial Pause 1 7 6 9 Reducing CODICES ianiai reese 10 7 Incomig faxes ee 5 5 Remote Retrieval 8 4 access Code 8 3 8 4 COMMANAS cceeeeeeeees 8 5 getting your faxes 8 6 REPONS iieii eens gsnns 9 1 Transmission Verification 9 1 Resolution fax standard Fine superFine Photo S 3 PIA ees acs te enn iann S 5 SCAN airain 13 6 S
90. the machine here 18 USB Interface Connector Connect the USB Cable here 19 Parallel Interface Connector Connect the Parallel Cable here 20 External Telephone Line Plug in the modular plug on the external Jack Socket Not for the UK telephone line here INTRODUCTION 1 3 E Inside view Document cover open 24 Document Cover 23 Scanner Lock Lever 22 Glass Strip 21 Document Guidelines 26 Scanner Glass No Name Description 21 Document Guidelines Use to center the document on the scanner glass 22 Glass Strip This is used to scan documents when using the ADF 23 Scanner Lock Lever Use to lock unlock the scanner when relocating the MFC 24 Document Cover Open to place the document on the scanner glass 25 White Film Clean it for good quality copying and scanning 26 Scanner Glass Place the document to be scanned here 1 4 INTRODUCTION asneg eiq peads l epay jyomas O O O O Wwusa O O e O O i R 4 PR s i y OOO pxajdng a OOO oe mas lt gt ZAXM ANL SYDd W j ke Aen ONW EN IHD asenuog eonpey wo O O O 1 m PET ogv MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D have similar control panel keys Control panel overview INTRODUCTION 1 5 Shift To access memory locations 21 through 40 in the
91. you can upload them directly to the MFC The MFC Remote Setup application icon is in Macintosh HD Library Printers Brother Utility Brother MFC Remote Setup Program Y MFC 8840D Setup Receive General Setup Ring Delay oo E 23 Setup Receive Kreng Time 30sec E Setup Send Fax Detect o A ii em O 51 51 OK This starts the process of uploading the data to the MFC and exiting the remote setup program If an error message is displayed enter the correct data again Click OK Cancel This exits the remote setup application without uploading the data to the MFC Apply This uploads the data to the MFC but does not exit the remote setup application 18 30 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Print This command prints the selected items on the MFC You can not print the data until it is uploaded to the MFC Click Apply to upload the new data to the MFC and click Print Export This command saves the current configuration settings to a file Import This command reads the settings from a file USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 31 Network Scanning Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and XP only To use the MFC as a Network Scanner the NC 9100h Network board should be installed into the MFC and configured with TCP IP and mail server settings if you use Scan to E mail E mail server You can set or change NC 9100h settings from the control panel or with the Professional utility or Web Management BR
92. you to scan a page or document directly into an E mail application as a standard attachment You have the option of selecting the file type and resolution for the attachment 3 Scan to Word Processor Default MS WordPad enables you to scan a page or document automatically run ScanSoft OmniPage OCR and insert the text not graphic image into a word processing program You have the option of selecting the destination word processing program such as WordPad MS Word Word Perfect or whichever word processing program is installed on your computer 4 Scan to Graphic Application Default MS Paint enables you to scan a page directly into any graphic viewer editor application You can select the destination application such as MS Paint Corel PhotoPaint Adobe PhotoShop or any kind of image editor application you already have installed on your computer Copy Copy Copy one to one allows you to use the PC and any Windows printer driver for enhanced copy operations You can scan the page on the MFC and print the copies using any of the features of the MFC printer driver OR you can direct the copy output to any standard Windows printer driver installed on the PC including network printers Four Two to One Copy enables you to use the Four Two on One page features of the Brother printer driver to copy four two document pages onto a single output page USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 13 F
93. 006 6 14 Composing your own comments ceeeeeee 6 15 Cover page for the next fax only 6 15 Send a cover page for all faxes 0 eee 6 16 Using a printed cover page 6 17 Broadcasting asinn 6 17 Overseas Mode sissseseseesseeerrerererrerrrresrreesrreerens 6 19 Delayed Fak acien ENS 6 20 Delayed Batch Transmission 6 21 Setup for Polled Transmit Standard 0 6 21 Setup for Polled Transmit with Secure Code 6 22 Memory S Curity eccccccceeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeecaeeeeeeeeee 6 23 Setting up the password ccceceeeeeeteeeeeteeeeee 6 24 Turning Memory Security ON naese 6 24 Turning Memory Security off 6 24 Auto Dial numbers and dialling Options s ccseeeeee 7 1 Storing numbers for easy dialling c eect 7 1 Storing One Touch Dial numbers c eeeeeee 7 1 Storing Speed Dial NUMbENS ceeceeeeteeeeeeeeetees 7 3 Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers 7 4 Setting up Groups for Broadcasting cccceeeees 7 5 Dialling Options 20 0 0 ee ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaas 7 7 Selno o E ee dicated 7 7 One Touch Dialling 0 cceeceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeneaees 7 7 Speed Dialling aciri crinii aaia 7 8 Manual diallling ccc eeeeeceeeeeeeecneeeeeeeneeeeeeenaaeeeeeeeaas 7 8 Using an external telephone eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeees 7 8 Access codes and credit card number
94. 40 MFC 8840D are in conformity with provisions of the R amp TTE Directive 1999 5 EC and we declare compliance with the following standards Standards applied Harmonized Safety EN60950 2000 EMC EN55022 1998 Class B EN55024 1998 Al 2001 EN61000 3 2 2000 EN61000 3 3 1995 Year in which CE marking was first affixed 2004 Issued by Brother Industries Ltd Date 2nd February 2004 Place Nagoya Japan Signature Takashi Maeda Manager Quality Management Group Quality Management Dept Information amp Document Company Safety precautions To use the MFC safely Save these instructions for later reference A WARNING A There are high voltage electrodes inside the machine Before you clean the MFC or clear a paper jam make sure you have unplugged the power cord from the power outlet Do not handle the plug with wet hands Doing this might cause an electrical shock After you use the MFC some internal parts are extremely HOT To prevent injuries be careful not to put your fingers in the area shown in the illustration To prevent injuries be careful not to put your hands on the edge of the MFC under the document cover To prevent injuries be careful not to put your fingers in the area shown in the illustration To prevent injuries be careful not to put your finger
95. 7 4 Enter your password using the Secure PLINE control panel Testl Press Set Password XXXX 5 Press lt or to select Print Press Set The MFC prints the data OR If you want to delete the secured data press lt or to select Delete Press Stop Exit A f you turn the power switch Off the secured data saved in memory will be cleared After you print the secured data it will be cleared from memory Setting the Emulation Selection This MFC has an Automatic Emulation Selection function When the MFC receives information from the PC it automatically chooses the emulation mode This function has been set at the factory to AUTO You can change the default emulation mode manually by using the control panel 1 Press Menu 4 1 Fmulation 2 Press or to select Auto AULO HP LaserJet HP LaserJet or BR Script 3 BR Script 3 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit A Try this function with your application software or network server If the function does not work properly either select the required emulation mode manually using the MFC panel buttons or use the emulation selection commands in your software 11 18 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER Printing the Internal Font List You can print a list of the MFC s internal or resident fonts to see how each font looks before you select it 1 Press Menu 4 2 1 42 Print Options 2 Press Start The MFC prints the paternal Font list 3
96. 9 3 When loading paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray A Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam A You can place up to 3 envelopes or up to 50 sheets of 80 g m paper in the MP tray 4 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size A When you put paper in the MP tray please remember the following E The side to be printed on must be face up E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC m Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray 2 10 PAPER To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8840D If you want to print on both sides of the paper using the Duplex feature for fax copy or print you will need to set the Paper Adjustment Lever to the size of paper you are using This feature is available for A4 Letter or Legal size paper See Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8840D on page 5 13 Duplex N in 1 on page 10 12 and Two sided printing Duplex Printing on page 11 3 7 Load paper in the Paper Tray or Multi purpose Tray 2 Set the Paper Adjustment Lever for Duplex Printing in the back of the MFC to match your paper size 3 Your MFC is now ready to print two sided pages PAPER 2 11 i On sc
97. Admin Please see the NC 9100h User s Guide on the CD ROM Network License This product includes a single PC license If you purchase an optional Network LAN board NC 9100h that includes the license for up to 4 additional Users you can install the MFL Pro Software Suite including ScanSoft PaperPort on up to 5 PC s for use on a network If you want to use more than 5 PCs with ScanSoft PaperPort installed please purchase NL 5 which is a multiple PC license agreement pack for up to an additional 5 Users To purchase NL 5 please contact your Brother Sales Office Registering your PC with the MFC If you need to change the MFC that was registered to your PC during the installation of MFL Pro see the Quick Setup Guide follow the steps below 1 For Windows 98 Me 2000 From the Start menu select Control Panel Scanners and Cameras and then right click Scanner Device icon and select Properties to view the Network Scanner Properties dialog box For Windows XP From the Start menu select Control Panel Printers and Other Hardware Scanner and Cameras or Control Panel Scanners and Cameras 19 1 NETWORK SCANNING Scanners and Cameras File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Q P Psh f Folders ye ddress Scanners and Cameras Imaging Tasks Eed Brother MFC 8840D LAN B Add an imaging device Other Places Control Panel My Documents Shared Documents E My Network Places Details Right cl
98. At your side brother USER S GUIDE MFC 8440 MFC 8840D CE THIS EQUIPMENT IS DESIGNED TO WORK WITH A TWO WIRE ANALOGUE PSTN LINE FITTED WITH THE APPROPRIATE CONNECTOR APPROVAL INFORMATION Brother advises that this product may not function correctly in a country other than where it was originally purchased and does not offer any warranty in the event that this product is used on public telecommunication lines in another country Compilation and Publication Notice Under the supervision of Brother Industries Ltd this manual has been compiled and published covering the latest product descriptions and specifications The contents of this manual and the specifications of this product are subject to change without notice Brother reserves the right to make changes without notice in the specifications and materials contained herein and shall not be responsible for any damages including consequential caused by reliance on the materials presented including but not limited to typographical and other errors relating to the publication brother EC Declaration of Conformity Manufacturer Brother Industries Ltd 15 1 Naeshiro cho Mizuho ku Nagoya 467 8561 Japan Plant Brother Corporation Asia Ltd Brother Buji Nan Ling Factory Gold Garden Ind Nan Ling Village Buji Rong Gang Shenzhen China Herewith declare that Products description Facsimile Machine Type Group 3 Model Name MFC 84
99. B W 200x100 dpi Press Set If you select Color 150 dpi Color 300 dpiorcColor 600 dpi in Step 6 go to Step 7 OR If you select B W 200 dpi orB W 200x100 dpi in Step 6 go to Step 8 7 Press or to select PDF or JPEG Press Set 8 Press or to select PDF or TIFF Press Set 9 TheLCD prompts you to enter an address Enter the destination E mail address from the dial pad or use the One Touch key or Speed Dial key 10 Press Start The MFC will start the scanning process 19 7 NETWORK SCANNING Scan to Image When you select Scan to Image your document will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUI will activate the default graphics application on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to Image on page 14 14 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 10 a For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUI selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan 3 Press or toselectScan agcan to EMail to Image Scan to Image Scan to OCR N Press Set vScan to File 4 Press lt or to select a d
100. C 9100h Use an anti static wrist strap and a grounding mat if possible If you do not have an anti static wrist strap touch the bare metal surface on the back of the machine before handling the NC 9100h Avoid moving around the work area in order to eliminate static charge build up If possible do not work on a carpeted area E Do not flex the board and do not touch the components on the card Tools Required Phillips Screwdriver B Step 1 Hardware installation A WARNING DO NOT touch the surface of the main boards within 15 minutes after turning off the power Disconnect the telephone line cord turn the MFC power switch off unplug the MFC power cord from the AC outlet and then disconnect the interface cable 23 6 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES A WARNING Turn the MFC power switch off before installing or removing the NC 9100h board 2 Remove the side cover Loosen the two screws and then remove the metal shield plate Cover Plate OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 7 4 Plug the NC 9100h into connector P1 located on the main board as shown in the illustration press firmly and secure the NC 9100h with the two screws Put the metal shield plate back on and secure it with the two screws Put the side cover back on Reconnect the telephone line cord Reconnect any additional interface cables that you removed Reconnect the power cable and then turn on the MFC power
101. Control Resolution One Touch Dial Speed Dial Automatic Redial Auto Answer Communication Source Memory Transmission Out of Paper Reception ITU T Group 3 MH MR MMR JBIG 33600 2400 bps Automatic Fallback ADF Width 148 mm to 216 mm ADF Height 148 mm to 356 mm Scanner Width Max 212 mm Scanner Height Max 356 mm 208 mm 208 mm 64 levels Standard Secure Timer Sequential Automatic Light Dark manual setting e Horizontal 8 dot mm e Vertical e Standard 3 85 line mm e Fine Photo 7 7 line mm e Superfine 15 4 line mm 40 20 x 2 300 stations 3 times at 5 minute intervals 0 1 2 3 or 4 rings 0 1 2 3 4 or 5 rings Nordic countries only Public switched telephone network Up to 600 500 2 pages Up to 600 500 2 pages 4 Pages refers to the Brother Standard Chart No 1 a typical business letter Standard resolution JBIG code Specifications and printed materials are subject to change without prior notice 2 Pages refers to the ITU T Test Chart 1 a typical business letter Standard resolution JBIG code Specifications and printed materials are subject to change without prior notice SPECIFICATIONS S 3 Scanner Color Monochrome TWAIN Compliant WIA Compliant Resolution Document Size Scanning Width Gray Scale Color Monochrome Yes Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT Workstation Version 4 0 Mac OS 8 6 9 2 Mac OS X 10 2 1 or greater Yes Windows XP
102. Copy Options button Click OK to save your Copy settings 14 17 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Send a fax r Scanner Setting Faxing Filing and Copying 7 Modify Settings r FAX Settings Brother PC FAX FAX Resolution Fine 200x200 gt FAX Options To access the Send a fax Configurations screen Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the Send a fax and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 18 PC FAX Settings Brother PC Fax FAX Resolution Fine 200 x 200 1 To change the fax options click the FAX Options button The Brother PC FAX Properties screen appears For Windows 98 98SE Me and Windows NT WS 4 0 Brother PC FAX on BRMFC Properties Device Options Letter 8 42 11 in Paper Size Letter 8 x 11 in hd Orientation C Landscape Resolution 200x200 dpi 200
103. D DIALLING OPTIONS 7 4 Setting up Groups for Broadcasting Groups which can be stored on a One Touch key or a Speed Dial location allow you to send the same fax message to many fax numbers by pressing only a One Touch key and Start or Search Speed Dial the three digit location and Start First you ll need to store each fax number as a One Touch or Speed Dial number Then you can combine them into a Group Each Group uses up a One Touch key or a Speed Dial location Finally you can have up to six small Groups or you can assign up to 339 numbers to one large Group See Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 and Changing One Touch and Speed Dial numbers on page 7 4 1 Press Menu 2 3 3 23 Set Quick Dial 2 Decide where you wish to store the 2a SETUP GFOUPS Group Group Dial AND Press a One Touch key OR Press Search Speed Dial and enter the three digit location and then press Set For example press One Touch key 2 for Group 1 3 Use the dial pad to enter the Group 23 5et Quick Dial number 002 Press Set Group 0 For example press 1 for Group 1 7 5 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 4 To include One Touch or Speed Dial numbers in the Group enter them as if you were dialling For example for One Touch key 05 press One Touch key 05 For Speed Dial location 009 press Search Speed Dial then press 009 on the dial pad The LCD shows 005 009 5 Press Set to accept the nu
104. E MAINTENANCE 22 20 Packing and shipping the MFC Whenever you transport the MFC use the packing materials that came with your machine If you do not pack the MFC correctly you may void your warranty Turn the MFC power switch off 2 Unplug the MFC from the telephone wall socket 3 Unplug the MFC from the AC outlet Lock the Scanner Lock 4 Push the Scanner Lock Lever up to lock the scanner This lever is located on the left of the scanner glass Scanner Lock Lever Caution Damage caused to your MFC by failure to lock the scanner before moving and shipping may void your warranty 5 Open the front cover 22 21 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 6 Remove the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly Leave the toner cartridge installed in the drum unit 7 Place the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly into the plastic bag and seal the bag 8 Close the front cover Fold down the face down output tray flap Remove the telephone line cord Wrap the MFC in the plastic bag and place it in the original carton with the original packing material TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 22 10 Pack the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly telephone line cord AC cord and printed materials in the original carton as shown below 11 Close the carton and tape it shut 22 23 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Routine maintenance Cleaning the scanner Turn the MFC po
105. Fax Storage stays on If there is a power failure you will not lost the data in memory up to 4 days REMOTE FAX OPTIONS 8 2 Setting your Remote Access Code The remote access code lets you access the Remote Retrieval features when you are away from your MFC Before you use the remote access and retrieval features you have to set up your own code The default code is inactive code 1 Press Menu 2 5 3 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Enter a three digit code using 2e REMO LENAGCESS numbers 0 9 or eee eee Press Set The preset cannot be changed A Do not use the same digits that appear in your Remote Activation Code 51 or Deactivation Code 51 See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 8 3 Press Stop Exit A You can change your code at any time by entering a new one If you want to make your code inactive press Clear Back in Step 2 to restore the inactive setting 8 3 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Remote retrieval You can call your MFC from any telephone or fax machine using touch tone then use the Remote Access Code and remote commands to retrieve fax messages Be sure to cut out the Remote Retrieval Access Card on the last page and keep it with you at all times Using your Remote Access Code 1 2 Dial your fax number from a telephone or another fax machine using touch tone When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by
106. L htm Settings I Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help You have the option to choose your OCR setting from Single column output to Auto orient page OCR Settings Auto orient page 0 IV Single column output Cancel USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 11 Software Section The Software Section contains four groups of scan to buttons Each section has a number of different buttons which are predefined for the most frequently used applications The Scan section contains four buttons for Scan to File Scan to E mail Scan to Word Processor and Scan to Image applications The Copy section contains four buttons for N to 1 copying The Fax section button is for sending faxes using the Brother PC FAX application and the Custom section contains three buttons with which you can assign your own function Hardware Section Software Section Scan Brother PC FAX Restore 4 E Scan To File 37 Copy one to one D E Outlook Express E Copy two to one Scan To File 3 Microsoft a Copy four to one Scan To File WordPad 4 Microsoft Paint Scan To File V AutoLoad Pop UP i t At your sid Brother MFC 8840D 15 12 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan 1 Scan to File enables you to scan directly to a disk file You can change the file type and destination directory as needed 2 Scan to E mail Default Outlook Express enables
107. Mode set to Fax Only to receive faxes any time of the day or night If the MFC is to be connected to a multi line system ask your installer to connect the unit to the last line on the system This prevents the unit from being activated each time a telephone call is received If you are installing the MFC to work with a PBX Itisnot guaranteed that the unit will operate correctly under all circumstances with a PBX Any cases of difficulty should be reported first to the company that handles your PBX 2 ifall incoming calls will be answered by a switchboard operator it is recommended that the Receive Mode be set to Manual All incoming calls should initially be regarded as telephone calls Custom features on your phone line If you have Voice Mail Call Waiting RingMaster an answering service an alarm system or other custom feature on one phone line it may create a problem with the operation of your MFC See Custom features on a single line on page 22 13 1 20 INTRODUCTION i Paper About paper Type and size of paper The MFC loads paper from the installed paper tray manual feed tray multi purpose tray or optional lower tray Tray Type Model name Paper tray Tray 1 MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D Manual feed tray MFC 8440 Multi purpose tray MP tray MFC 8840D Optional lower tray Tray 2 Option for MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D Recommended paper Plain Paper Xerox Premier 80 g m Xerox Business
108. One Touch keys hold down the Shift key One Touch keys These 20 keys give you instant access to 40 previously stored dial numbers Print keys Secure Lets you print out data saved in memory by entering your four digit password Job Cancel Clears data from the printer memory X Status LED Light Emitting Diode The LED will flash and change color depending on the MFC status 5 Line Liquid Crystal Display LCD Displays messages on the screen to help you to set up and use your MFC 1 6 INTRODUCTION Mode keys Z Fax Lets you access Fax mode Lets you access Copy mode Scan Lets you access Scan mode Fax and telephone keys Tel R This key is used to have a telephone conversation having picked up the external handset in F T pseudo ringing etc Also use this key to gain access to an outside line and or to recall the operator or transfer a call to another extension when it is connected to a PABX Resolution Sets the resolution when you send a fax Search Speed Dial Lets you look up numbers that are stored in the dialling memory It also lets you dial stored numbers by pressing and a three digit number Redial Pause Redials the last number you called It also inserts a pause in auto dial numbers INTRODUCTION 1 7 Enlarge Reduce Contrast o et et tee ee cere eer eeserecnses ooosooo Quality Tray Selects 2 o PQRS TUV WXYZ 6 2
109. Q From C To CAD Resolution 300dpi 600dpi HQ 1200 Hew _ Paper Source Auto Select v Media Type Plain Paper v Toner Save Mode M Gray Scale Save Settings ae If you want to change Copies Pages Resolution Paper Source and Media Type select your settings before clicking Print Device Options allows you to select Duplex Device Options Layout ma Pages per Sheet 1L2l eli 5 an sT 47 3 y HE Duplex I Print on Both Sides Use Duplex Unit Manual Duplex n p inch Binding Offset D mm A Automatic Duplex is only available with the MFC 8840D USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 3 Using the Brother Printer Driver with Your Apple Macintosh Mac OS X Choosing page setup options From application software such as Presto PageManager click the File menu and select Page Setup Make sure MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D is selected in the Format for pop up menu You can change the settings for Paper Size Orientation and Scaling then click OK Settings Page Attributes laa Format for _MFC 8840D Brother MFL Pro Color Paper Size Letter ia 8 50 in x 11 00 in Orientation Ta fis f Scale 100 i Cancel Eo 2 From application software such as Presto PageManager click File menu and select Print Click Print to start printing Printer MFC 8840D lka Presets Standard lca C
110. REG from the supplied CD ROM Paper Handling Difficulties The MFC does not load paper The LCD shows Check Paper or Paper Jam Check to see if the Check Paper or Paper Jam message appears on the LCD If it is empty load a new stack of paper into the paper tray If there is paper in the paper tray make sure it is straight If the paper is curled you should straighten it Sometimes it is helpful to remove the paper turn the stack over and put it back into the paper tray Reduce the amount of paper in the paper tray and then try again Check that the manual feed mode or MP tray or MP mode is not selected in the printer driver The MFC does not feed paper from the manual feed tray Reinsert the paper firmly load one sheet at a time Make sure that manual feed mode or MP mode is selected in the printer driver How can load envelopes You can load envelopes from the manual feed or MP tray Your application software must be set up to print the envelope size you are using This is usually done in the Page Setup or Document Setup menu of your software Refer to your software application manual What paper can use You can use plain paper envelopes transparencies and labels that are made for laser machines For information on paper you can use see Printer operation keys on page 11 17 How can I clear paper jams See Paper jams on page 22 6 22 15 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE
111. Scan configuration See Scan to E mail on page 14 10 to 14 11 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press lt gt or to select Scan to E Mail Press Set The MFC will scan the document create a file attachment and launch your E mail application displaying the new message waiting to be addressed Scan to Image You can scan a color picture into your graphics application for viewing and editing You can change the Scan configuration See Scan to Image on page 14 14 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press lt gt or to select Scan to Image Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process 13 17 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS Scan to OCR If your document is text you can have it converted by ScanSoft OmniPage to an editable text file and then have the result displayed in your word processing application for viewing and editing You can change the Scan configuration See Scan to OCR Word Processor on page 14 12 to 14 13 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11
112. Start Navigation keys Menu Lets you access the Menu to program Set Lets you store your settings in the MFC Clear Back Deletes entered data or lets you exit the menu by pressing repeatedly CoG Press to scroll forward or backward to a menu selection When using the speaker or ring you can press these keys to adjust the volume in fax mode SD of SD Press to scroll through the menus and options Also you can use these keys to do a numeral search for the names of stored numbers in fax mode 1 8 INTRODUCTION Copy keys Temporary settings Enlarge Reduce Lets you reduce or enlarge copies depending upon the ratio you select Contrast Lets you make a copy that is lighter or darker than the document Quality Lets you select the copy quality for your type of document Tray Select You can select which tray you would like to use for the next copy Sort Lets you sort multiple copies using the ADF N in 1 For MFC 8440 N in 1 lets you copy 2 or 4 pages onto one page Duplex N in 1 For MFC 8840D You can choose Duplex to copy on both sides of the paper or N in 1 to copy 2 or 4 pages onto one page Dial Pad Use these keys to dial telephone and fax numbers and as a keyboard for entering information into the MFC The key lets you temporarily switch the dialling mode during a telephone call from Pulse to Tone Stop Exit Stop Exit Stops a fax copy and scan operatio
113. TEST SWITCH Short push Prints the network configuration page Long push more than 5 seconds Reset the network configuration back to the factory default settings Test Switch LED K 7 Del l Ethernet oe ee a RJ 45 Les 0 LED ae A To set up the MFC on the Network see the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on the CD ROM 23 10 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Paper Tray 2 You can purchase the Paper Tray 2 accessory LT 5000 to use as a third paper source Tray 2 holds up to 250 sheets of 80 g m paper Paper Tray 2 Holds approx 250 sheets of 80 g m Basis Weight 60 to 105 g m Moisture Content 4 to 6 by weight We Recommend Xerox Premier 80 g m Cut sheet Xerox Business 80 g m Mode DATACOPY 80 g m IGEPA X Press 80 g m OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 11 Glossary ADF Automatic Document Feeder The document can be placed in the ADF and scanned one page at a time automatically Auto Reduction Reduces the size of incoming faxes Automatic fax transmission Sending a fax without picking up the handset of an external phone Automatic Redial A feature that enables your MFC to redial the last fax number if the fax did not go through because the line was busy Batch Transmission As a cost savings feature all delayed faxes to the same fax number will be sent as one transmission Beeper The sound the keys m
114. The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose the optional Tray 2 when paper is out in Tray 1 or when the size of the document will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 1 Press Menu 1 7 17 Tray Use Copy 2 Press or toselectTray 1 4 e eens Only Tray 2 Only or Auto v o 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit MFC 8840D The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose the optional Tray 2 or the MP tray when paper is out in Tray 1 or and 2when the size of the document will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 1 Press Menu 1 7 17 Tray Use Copy 2 Press or to select a haa eae Tray 1 Only MP Only or v Auto Auto OR If you have the optional paper tray 17 Tray Use Copy Press or to select A Tray 1 Only T 1 Only T 2 Only MP Tray 2 Only ray Om ray Only v MP Only Only or uto 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit ae 1 Copies will automatically be printed from Tray 2 only if the Paper Size setting for Tray 2 is the same as Tray 1 2 When using the ADF copies will automatically be printed from Tray 2 if the Paper Size setting for Tray 2 is different than Tray 1 and this paper size is more suitable for the scanned original GETTING STARTED 4 13 Setting the Tray Use for Fax mode If your MFC doesn t have the optional tray 2 you can skip this setting The default setting of Auto allows your MFC to choose
115. The manual feed tray For MFC 8440 4 11 8 The multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8840D eeceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees 11 10 Printing ON envelopes ee eeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeetteeeeeeeee 11 12 Printer Operation KCYS eseeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeecteeeeeeeneeeeeeens 11 17 Job CaMel iirinn 11 17 Secure KOY ccecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeesaeeeeaaeeencaeeeeaaeeeeaes 11 17 Setting the Emulation Selection 11 18 Printing the Internal Font List 11 19 Printing the Print Configuration List 0 0 11 19 Restoring factory default settings eeeeeee 11 19 Printer driver settings cceccsseceeseeeeseeeseseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 12 1 Printer driver SCttiNGS cc eecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneaeees 12 1 How to access the printer driver settingS ee 12 1 Features in the Brother Native Driver cee 12 2 BASIC AAD n suisse nd cc axGncgect eeatctaeeasnsttactissurtecginseee 12 2 Paper SIZ erraietan edana ie 12 3 Multiple Page sessesessrreesrrrrnnerrrrnserenrresrnnnnesrennne 12 3 Orientata iirin iiaii aaarnas 12 3 CODICS EEEE 12 4 Media Ty Pe sorridia 12 4 Advanced i 0 Spee 12 5 Print QUality sisiane aias 12 5 Duplex Printing 2 0 eeeeceeeeeenneeeeeeerneeeeeeenaeeeenee 12 6 Watermaal Kerarrisneneninnina naa 12 8 Page Setting ceccceeceecceeeeeceeeeeeeeeseceeeeaeeeeaes 12 10 Device Options viisina anna 12 11 Secure PLint cece cece cee eeeeeee ences
116. Time setting The default setting is On Press Menu 1 5 ig auto Deyl o 2 Press or to select on or N oe Off v off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Toner Save You can conserve toner using this feature When you set Toner Save to On print appears somewhat lighter The default setting is Off 7 Press Menu 1 6 1 BETT 2 Press lt or to select on or E Save ort Off 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 4 10 GETTING STARTED Sleep Time Setting the Sleep Time reduces power consumption by turning off the fuser inside the MFC while it is idle You can choose how long the MFC is idle from 00 to 99 minutes before it goes into sleep mode The timer is automatically reset when the MFC receives a Fax or PC data or makes a copy The factory setting is 05 minutes While the MFC is in sleep mode you will see Sleep on the LCD If you try to print or copy in sleep mode there will be a short delay while the fuser warms up to working temperature 7 Press Menu 1 6 2 2 Use the dial pad to enter the length of time the MFC is idle before it goes into sleep mode 00 to 99 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit e E if you want to turn sleep mode off press Secure and Job Cancel simultaneously in Step 2 E If the MFC is in Sleep Mode when you change the Sleep Time the new setting will take effect the next time the MFC copies or prints is restarted Turning off the Scanner Lamp The scanner lamp
117. Timer enter the time in 24 hour format you want to begin polling and press Set and then go to Step 5 Specify the destination fax machines up to 390 which you wish to poll by using Speed Dial Search a Group see Setting up Groups for Broadcasting on page 7 5 or the dial pad You must press Set between each location Press Start The MFC polls each number or group in turn for a document ae Press Stop Exit while the MFC is dialling to cancel the polling process To cancel all sequential polling receive jobs press Menu 2 6 See Cancelling a scheduled job on page 6 13 SETUP RECEIVE 5 12 Setting Duplex printing for Fax mode For MFC 8840D If you set Duplex to On for fax receive the MFC prints received faxes on both sides of the paper You can use three sizes of paper for this function letter legal and A4 7 if it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 9 21 Setup Receive 3 Press lt or to select on or n 9 a Off v off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit a While the Duplex printing for fax is working auto reduction is also On temporarily 5 13 SETUP RECEIVE Telephone services BT Call Sign For U K Only This machine feature lets you use the BT Call Sign subscriber service which allows you to have at least two separate telephone numbers on one phone line Each phone number has its own distinctive ringing pattern so you know which phone number is ringing
118. To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image Item As File type Windows Write wri Convert Image to Text with OCR PaperPort OCR of Settings Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help 15 32 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER E mail Select the destination E mail application program from the pull down list Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Outlook Express Link Preferences Eormat Folder Click on the Link Preferences button to configure the Send To E mail options You can select the File type and Quick Send E mail address list Send To Options Outlook Express Program Links Items are e mailed as file attachments Convert attachments to specified file type Include icon on Send To bar USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 33 3 Select Scan Settings You can select the scanner settings from each of the Scan Type options for the Custom buttons You have the option to select Color Mode Resolution Paper Size and Brightness and Contrast settings Custom button Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode 24 bit Color Resolution 200 Paper Size A4 210 x 297 mm Brightness Darken Lighten a T O o 100 Restore Defaults 15 34 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Using MFC Rem
119. USING WINDOWS 13 22 You can Import items from other applications In addition to scanning items you can bring items into PaperPort in a variety of ways and convert them to PaperPort MAX files in several different ways E Print to the Desktop View from another application such as Microsoft Excel E Import files saved in other file formats such as Windows Bitmap BMP or Tag Image File Format TIFF You can Export items in other formats You can export or save PaperPort items in several popular file formats such as BMP JPEG TIFF or self viewing For example to create a file for an Internet Web site export itas a JPEG file Web pages often use JPEG files for displaying images Exporting an image file Select the Save As command from the File pull down menu in the PaperPort window The Save XXXXX as dialog box will be displayed 2 Select the drive and directory where you want to store the file 3 Enter the new file name and choose the file type or select a name from the File Name text box You can scroll through the Directories and File Name listing for prompting 4 Select the OK button to save your file or Cancel to return to the PaperPort without saving it 13 23 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS How to Uninstall PaperPort and ScanSoft OmniPage For Windows 98 98SE and Windows NT Workstation 4 0 and Windows Me Select Start Settings Control Panel Add Remove Programs and the Insta
120. a Type E Toner Save E BR Script Level PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 22 How to scan using Windows A The scanning operations and drivers will be different depending on your operating system For Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT Workstation 4 0 The MFC uses a TWAIN Compliant driver for scanning documents from your applications See Scanning a document TWAIN compliant on page 13 1 For Windows XP The MFC uses Windows Imaging Acquisition WIA for scanning documents See Scanning a document For Windows XP only on page 13 10 A For ScanSoft PaperPort and OmniPage OCR Go to Using ScanSoft PaperPort and OmniPage OCR on page 13 19 Scanning a document TWAIN compliant The Brother MFL Pro Suite software includes a TWAIN compliant scanner driver TWAIN drivers meet the standard universal protocol for communicating between scanners and software applications This means that not only can you scan images directly into the PaperPort viewer that Brother included with your MFC but you can also scan images directly into hundreds of other software applications that support TWAIN scanning These applications include popular programs like Adobe Photoshop Adobe PageMaker CorelDraw and many more 13 1 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS How to access the Scanner 7 Open the software application ScanSoft PaperPort to scan a document a The instructions for scanning in this Guide are fo
121. ace the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Enlarge Reduce Enlg Red 100 4 Press Enlarge Reduce or 9 Quality Auto Contrast E Tray 1 A4 MAKING COPIES 10 7 5 Press lt or to select the enlargement or reduction ratio you want Press Set OR You can select Custom and press Set Use the dial pad to enter an enlargement or reduction ratio from 25 to 400 Press Set For example press 5 3 to enter 53 6 Press Start OR Press other temporary copy keys for more settings e E Special Copy Options 2in1 4in1 or Poster are not available with Enlarge Reduce E Auto is not available with the scanner glass 10 8 MAKING COPIES Quality type of document You can select the Quality for your type of document The default setting is Auto which is used for documents that contain both text and photographs Text is used for documents containing only text Photo is used for copying photographs 1 AQ Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Quality Press or 9 to choose the type of document Auto Text or Photo Press Set Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more s
122. ake sure it has been set See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 If you only want to send a Cover Page with a particular fax this Cover Page will include the number of pages in your document 1 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 7 22 Setup Send When LCD shows Next Fax a Nees Gig a A Next Fax Only Only v On Press Set Press or to select Next Fax On or Next Fax Off Press Set Press or amp io select one of the standard or your own comments Press Set 6 15 SETUP SEND 8 9 Enter two digits to show the number of pages you are sending Press Set For example press 0 2 for 2 pages or enter 0 0 to leave the number of pages blank If you make a mistake press to back up and re enter the number of pages Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings Enter the fax number you re calling Press Start Send a cover page for all faxes This feature does not work without the Station ID Please be sure it has been set before continuing See Setting the Station ID on page 4 2 You can set the MFC to send a cover page whenever you send a fax The number of pages in your fax is not included when you use this setting 1 2 3 4 If it is not illuminated in green p
123. ake when they are pressed an error occurs or a fax has been received or sent Beeper volume Volume setting for the beep when you press a key or make an error Broadcasting The ability to send the same fax message to more than one location CNG tones The special tones beeps sent by fax machines during automatic transmission to tell the receiving machine that they are from a fax machine Coding Method Method of coding the information contained in the document All fax machines must use a minimum standard of Modified Huffman MH Your MFC is capable of greater compression methods Modified Read MR Modified Modified Read MMR and JBIG if the receiving machine has the same capability Communication error or Comm Error An error during fax sending or receiving usually caused by line noise or static Compatibility Group The ability of one fax unit to communicate with another Compatibility is assured between ITU T Groups Contrast Setting to compensate for dark or light documents by making faxes or copies of dark documents lighter and light documents darker G 1 GLOSSARY Cover Page Prints a page at the other party s fax machine that contains the sender and recipient s name and fax number number of pages and comment You can generate an electronic cover page at the other end with pre programmed information from memory or you can print a sample cover page to fax with your document Cover Page Message The comment that is
124. all the entries 5 TosendaCover Page and note click the Cover Page On check box ey You can also click the icon to create or edit a cover page 6 When you are ready to send your fax click the Send a icon 7 If you wish to cancel the fax click the Cancel k icon 17 18 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Setting up PC FAX receiving Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 only Running PC FAX Receiving From the Start menu select Programs Brother MFL Pro Suite MFC 8840D and then select PC FAX Receiving The PC FAX Ee icon will appear on your PC Task bar for this Windows session Setting up your PC 1 Right click the PC FAX E icon on your PC Task Bar and then click PC Fax RX Setup 2 The PC Fax RX Setup dialog box will appear PC Fax RX Setup x Ring Delay f ha Save file to EAPROGRAM FILES BROTHERS Browse File Format max Default Required for use with PaperPort tif F Play wave fle when recenina Ay Wave File l Browse I Add to Startup folder Cancel 3 In Ring Delay select the number of rings before you want your PC to answer Incoming calls 4 nSavefile to use the Browse button if you want to change the path where PC FAxX files will be saved USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 19 5 InFile Format select tif or max for the format the received document will be saved in The default format is tif If you want to you can check the Play wa
125. an To File Microsoft p Copy four to one r Scan To File WordPad La Microsoft Paint Scan To File M AutoLoad Pop UP l i At your sidh Brother MFC 8840D In the Task Tray right click on the Control Center amp icon and select Show to have access to the Brother SmartUI Control Center window USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center The Control Center is initially configured to automatically load each time Windows is started When the Control Center is loaded the Control Center icon will appear in the task bar If you don t want the Control Center to load automatically you can turn AutoLoad off How to turn off Auto Load 1 Right click the Control Center amp icon in the Task Tray and select Show 2 The main SmartUI Control Center window appears Please look at the bottom of the window for a check box labelled AutoLoad Pop up Hardware Section Software Section Scan Copy Scan To File F Copy one to one Brother PC FAX ey Outlook Express E Copy two to one am Scan To File Microsoft a 3 Copy four to one Scan To File WordPad bs wW Microsoft Paint Scan To File wW M AutoLoad Pop UP t t f At your sid Brother MFC 8840D 3 Uncheck the AutoLoad Pop Up option to prevent the SmartUI from automatically loading every time Windows is started 15 2 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTU CONTROL CENTER Brot
126. and Delayed fax To include One Touch or Speed Dial numbers and manually dialled numbers in the same broadcast you must press Set between each of the numbers Use Search Speed Dial to help you choose the numbers easily See Setting up Groups for Broadcasting on page 7 5 After the broadcast is finished a Broadcast Report will be printed to let you know the results E Enter the long dialling sequence numbers as you would normally but remember that each One Touch and Speed Dial number counts as one number so the number of locations you can store becomes limited 6 17 SETUP SEND OO N O QA A If the memory is full press Stop Exit to stop the job or if more than one page has been scanned press Start to send the portion that is in the memory If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Enter a number using One Touch Speed Dial a Group number Search or manual dialling using the dial pad Example Group number When the LCD displays the fax number of the other party press Set You will be asked to press the next number Enter the next number Example Speed Dial number When the LCD displays the fax number of the other party press Set Enter another fax number Example Manual dialling using the dial pad Press Start If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 8 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again
127. ant Windows XP uses Windows Image Acquisition WIA for scanning images from the MFC You can scan images directly into the PaperPort viewer that Brother included with your MFC or you can scan images directly into any other software application that supports WIA or TWAIN scanning How to access the scanner 1 Open your software application to scan a document a The instructions for scanning in this Guide are for when you use ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0 The steps for scanning from another application may vary 2 Select Scan from the File drop down menu or select the Scan button The Scan pane appears in the left panel 3 Select the scanner you are using from the Scanner drop down list box 4 Click Scan The Scan dialog box will appear Scan using Brother MFC 8840D What do you want to scan Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan Color picture O Grayscale picture Black and white picture or text O Custom Settings You can also lity ol HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 10 Scanning a document into the PC There are two ways in which you can scan a whole page You can either use the ADF or the Flatbed scanner glass If you would like to scan and then crop a portion of the page after pre scanning the document you will need to use the scanner glass Flatbed Scanning a document using the ADF Place the document face up in the ADF
128. anual 2 Send the print data to the MFC 3 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 11 5 4 Using both hands put paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller and the MFC grips the paper A m Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the manual feed tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam E Donotput more than one piece of paper in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam 5 After the printed page comes out of the MFC put in the next sheet of paper as in Step 4 above Repeat for each page that you want to print The MP tray For MFC 8840D Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source MP Tray 2 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 3 Pull out the MP tray support flap 11 6 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 4 When loading paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray Paper guide Release Lever 4 Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam 5 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size A When you put paper in the MP tray please rem
129. aperPort program group See Documentation for ScanSoft PaperPort on the CD ROM PaperPort fe fei File Edit View Item Tools Help Soan Get Searoh Folders Folders e amp Samples 5 items The complete ScanSoft PaperPort Users Guide including ScanSoft OmniPage OCR is in the documentation on the CD ROM This chapter is only an introduction to the basic operations When you install MFL Pro Suite ScanSoft PaperPort for Brother and ScanSoft OmniPage OCR are installed with it automatically A If you are using Windows XP Windows NT 4 0 or Windows 2000 Professional we recommend that you are logged on with administrator rights 13 19 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Viewing items ScanSoft PaperPort provides several ways to view items Desktop View displays a thumbnail a small graphic that represents each item in a Desktop or folder Items in the selected folder appear on the PaperPort Desktop You can see PaperPort items MAX files and non PaperPort items files created using other applications Non PaperPort items include an icon that indicates the application that was used to create the item anon PaperPort item is represented by a small rectangular thumbnail and not an actual image 20 8 amp Desktop View displays items as thumbnails Page View displays a close up of a single page and you can open a PaperPort item by double
130. ax Send a Fax Brother PC FAX enables you to scan a page or document and automatically send the image as a fax from the PC using the Brother PC FAX software Custom Scan to File These buttons have been pre programmed for the Scan to File feature You can change the configuration of each of these buttons to meet your specific requirements by right clicking on a button and following the configuration menus 15 14 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to File The Scan to File button allows you to scan an image and save it ina specific file type to any directory on your hard disk This allows you to easily archive your paper documents To configure the file type and save to directory right click on the Scan to File button and click Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to File and should not be changed Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type C Application USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 15 To change the configuration click on the Configuration tab Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application Format PaperPort Image Item max Folder PaperPort C Other Folder C Documents and Settings inbox My Documents My Papert Browse Select the file type for the saved image by selecting from the Format pull down list You can save the file to the default PaperPort f
131. be printed on must be face down E Putthe leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray To copy or receive faxes on Legal size paper unfold the support flap extension too 2 6 PAPER To load paper or other media in the manual feed tray For MFC 8440 ae When printing envelopes and labels you should only use the manual feed tray 1 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size 2 Using both hands put paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller Hold the paper in this position until the MFC automatically feeds the paper in for a short distance and then let go of the paper PAPER 2 7 e When you put paper in the manual feed please remember the following E The side to be printed on must be face up E Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray E Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position on the manual feed tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam E Do not put more than one sheet of paper or envelope in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam 2 8 PAPER To load paper or other media in the multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8840D ae When printing envelopes and labels you should only use the multi purpose tray 1 Open the MP tray and lower it gently PAPER 2
132. button shows Print and the Address button is grayed 3 From the Output pull down menu select Facsimile brother MFc 8840D_ 1 96 Output a Copies Option Pages All Q From To Address Resolution 300 dpi 600 dpi HQ 1200 Paper Source Auto Select v Media Type Plain Paper v Toner Save Mode M amp M Gray Scale Save Settings When Facsimile is selected the top button changes to Send Fax and the Address button will be available 18 14 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 4 Click Send Fax The Send Fax dialog box appears Send Fax Input Fax Number Stored Fax Numbers Barble Bob Frank Tony 908 477 8888 908 869 8888 908 236 8888 908 569 8888 Destination Fax Numbers New Edit Delete Save Cancel The Send Fax dialog box has two list boxes The left box shows all the previously Stored Fax Numbers and the right box shows the Destination Fax Numbers as you select them 5 Toaddress the fax type a fax number in the Input Fax Number box 6 When you are finished addressing your fax click Send Fax ae To select and only send certain pages of the document click OK to go to the Print dialog box a If you click Send Fax without addressing your fax the following error message will appear No fax number is selected A Click OK to continue and then select the Des
133. can 6 5 Size Legal area of the scanner glass to the size of the document 3 Set 1 0ne Touch Stores One Touch 7 1 Quick Dial Dial Dial numbers so you can dial by pressing one key and Start 2 Speed Dial Stores Speed Dial 7 3 numbers so you can dial by pressing only a few keys and Start 3 Setup Sets up a Group 7 5 Groups number for Broadcasting 4 Report 1 XMIT Report On Initial setup for 9 1 Setting On Image Transmission off Verification Report Of f Image and Journal Report 2 Journal Every 7 Days 9 2 Period Every 2 Days Every 24 Hours Every 12 Hours Every 6 Hours Every 50 Faxes OLE A The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 9 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer 1 OR Menu E Cap dp Oe 809 009 0D 1 gt A w i to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 2 Fax 5 Remote Fax 1 Fax On Sets the MFC to 8 1 Continued Opt Forward off forward fax messages 2 Fax On Stores incoming 8 2 Storage Off faxes in the memory so you can retrieve them while you are away from your MFC 3 Remote You must set your 8 3 Access own code for Remote Retrieval 4 Print Prints incomingfaxes 5 7 Document stored in the memory 6 Remaining Checks which jobs 6 12 Jobs are in the memory or cancels a delayed fax or
134. ce Next Page the next original on the scanner o glass 8 Select1 and press Set or press 1 to copy next page Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each page of the layout 10 14 MAKING COPIES 70 After all the pages of the document have been scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 to print the copies 4 P means Portrait and L means Landscape a You can also combine the N in 1 and Duplex operations See Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8840D on page 10 19 For2 in 1 P 2 in 1 L 4 in 1 P or4 in 1 L you can not use the Enlarge Reduce setting MAKING COPIES 10 15 Poster You can make a poster size copy of a photograph You must use the scanner glass Place the original face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Poster Press Set 3 Press Start The MFC starts scanning the original and prints the pages for the poster e For Poster copies you cannot make more than one copy or use the Enlarge Reduce setting 10 16 MAKING COPIES Duplex 1 in 1 For MFC 8840D Make a double sided copy from a single sided document ih gt id Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Duplex 1 in 1 Press Set 4 Press lt or to select Portrait2 or Landscapel Press Se
135. company logo in the cover page Use the browse button to select the BMP file and then select the alignment style Count cover page When the Count Cover Page box is checked the Cover Page will be included in the page numbering When this box is not checked the Cover Page will not be included USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 15 Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Facsimile style Create afile in Word Excel Paint Draw or any other application on your PC 2 From the File menu select Print The Print dialog box will appear General Select Printer Elada Printer Ei PaperPort Color Ss Brother MFC 890 USB Printer 3 PaperPort Brother PC Status Location Comment Page Range al Selection Current Page O Pages 1 65535 Enter either a single page number or a single page range For example 5 12 Print to file Preferences OT Number of copies 1 Collate pi GE GE 3 Select Brother PC FAX as your printer and then click OK The Fax Sending dialog box will appear brother Cover Page On P J2 3 Figen 2 OO a amp Pause T stop 10 9 17 16 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Oy redial g amp Address Book GB start f a 4 Enter the fax number using any of the following methods m Using the dial pad enter the number Click any of the 10 Speed Dial buttons Click the Address Book button and then select a Memb
136. copy you made shows the same problem your scanner is dirty See Cleaning the scanner on page 22 24 Handling Incoming Calls MFC Hears Voice as CNG Tone If your MFC is set to Fax Detect ON it is more sensitive to sounds Your MFC may mistakenly interpret certain voices or music on the line as a calling fax machine and respond with fax receiving tones Deactivate the fax by pressing Stop Exit Try avoiding this problem by turning Fax Detect to OFF See Fax Detect on page 5 4 Sending a Fax Call to the MFC If you answered at the MFC press Start and hang up immediately If you answered on an external or extension phone enter your Remote Activation Code default setting is 51 When your MFC answers hang up Custom features on a single line If you have Call Waiting Call Waiting Caller ID RingMaster Voice Mail an answering machine an alarm system or other custom feature on a single phone line with your MFC it may create a problem sending or receiving fax data Menu Setting Difficulties The MFC beeps when you try to access the Setup Receive and Setup Send menu Make sure that MFC is in Fax mode If the Fax key is not illuminated press it to turn on Fax mode Setup Receive Setting Menu 2 1 and Setup Send Setting Menu 2 2 are available only when the MFC is in Fax mode Copy Quality Difficulties Vertical streaks appear in copies Sometimes you may see vertica
137. d Make sure the paper or other print media is loaded properly in the paper tray and that the guides are not too tight or too loose against the paper stack Set the paper guides correctly If you are using the manual feed tray or the multi purpose tray See How to load paper on page 2 5 The paper tray may be too full Check the paper type and quality See About paper on page 2 1 22 19 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Examples of poor print Recommendation quality 7 w Check the paper type and quality High temperatures and high humidity oA will cause paper to curl sbodetghit If you don t use the printer very often the paper may have been in the ABED paper tray too long Turn over the stack of paper in the paper tray Also 101234 try fanning the paper stack and then rotating the paper 180 in the paper FEE ETER tray Gurl or wave Try printing using the straight through output path See How to load paper on page 2 5 N Make sure that paper is loaded properly B DEFGH Check the paper type and quality See About paper on page 2 1 ABCD Try printing using the straight through output path See How to load abede paper on page 2 5 01234 Turn over the stack of paper in the tray or try rotating the paper 180 in Wrinkles or creases the input tray ae The drum unit is a consumable item and it is necessary to replace it periodically TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTIN
138. d Dial Facsimile style only Name John Doe Company Intemational Spring Board Assoc Department fuse Phone Number 908 555 1 212 FaxNumber 908 555 1212 E mail Doe springboad org Address 1 123 Rose Hill Driver Address 2 Potsville NJ 08883 1 From the Start menu select Programs Brother MFL Pro Suite MFC 8840D and then select PC FAX Setup The Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box will appear 2 You must enter this information to create the Fax Header and Cover Page Click OK to save the User Information 17 2 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Sending setup From the Brother PC FAX Setup dialog box click the Sending tab to display the screen below Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Dial Setting Outside line access Header IV Include header The location of the address book can be changed from the PC FAX Setup window This can be accessed from the main PC FAX transmission screen User interface C Simple style Facsimile style Cancel The include header option sends an additional page of information along with fax or E mail data which contains user and subject information The user has the choice of two user interfaces Simple style or Facsimile style To change the user interface select the interface setting you want Simple style or Facsimile style USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE
139. documents onthe CD ROM 3 Notification On Sends notification off messages 5 Setup Relay 1 Rly On Relays a document Broadcast off to another fax machine 2 Relay RelayXX Registers the Domain Domain name 3 Relay On Prints the Relay Report Off X Broadcast Report a The factory settings are shown in Bold with x 3 15 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer 1 OR a gt Op eD 1 _ _ gt ap i to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 6 LAN 6 Setup Misc 1 Netware on Select On to use the option Off MFC on a Netware Continued network 2 Net Frame Autox Lets you specify the 8023 frame type ENET 8022 SNAP 3 AppleTalk on Select On to use the oft MFC on a Macintosh network 4 DLC LLC on Select On to use the Off MFC ona DLC LLC See network Network User s 5 Net on Select On to use the Guide BIOS IP Off MFC on a Net onthe BIOS IP network CD ROM 6 Ethernet Auto Selects Ethernet link 100B FD mode 100B HD 10B FD 10B HD 7 Time Zone GMT XX XX Sets the time zone for your country 7 Scan to 1 Color PDF Selects the file type E Mail JPEG 2 B W PDF TIFF A The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 16 A If you have the optional paper tray the LCD displays these opti
140. driver following the instruction in the Quick Setup Guide insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive on your PC and click Install Software Choose MFL Pro Suite and follow the on screen instructions When the Select Components screen appears check PS Printer Driver and then continue following the on screen instructions If you have not previously installed the driver and software insert the CD ROM into the CD ROM drive on your PC and click Install Software Choose MFL Pro Suite and follow the on screen instructions When the Setup Type screen appears select Custom and check the PS Printer Driver Then continue following on screen instructions You can download the latest driver by accessing the Brother Solutions Center at http solutions brother com The screens in this section are from Windows XP The screens on your PC will vary depending on your Operating System 12 17 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Ports tab Select the port where your printer is connected or the path to the network printer you are using Brother MFC 8840D BR Script3 Properties PR General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Device Settings Ss Brother MFC 8840D BR Script3 Print to the following port s Documents will print to the first free checked port Port O LPT2 O LPT3 O comt O come O com O coma Add AddPort Delete Pot Port a Enable bidirectional support C Enable printer pooling Descrip
141. drum with your fingers Photosensitive drum 3 When you have located the mark on the drum that matches the print sample wipe the surface of the OPC drum with a cotton swab until the dust or paper powder on the surface comes off Caution Do not try to clean the surface of the photosensitive drum with a sharp object such as a ball point pen and so on The drum unit may be damaged Putin a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 18 Examples of poor print quality Recommendation ABCDEFG ABCD abcde 01234 Black toner marks across the page The drum unit may be damaged Put in a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications See About paper on page 2 1 If you use label sheets for laser printers the glue from the sheets may sometimes stick to the OPC drum surface Clean the drum unit See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 Do not use paper that has clips or staples because they will scratch the surface of the drum If the unpacked drum unit is in direct sunlight or room light the unit may be damaged D abedefghijk abcde White lines across the page Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications A rough surfaced paper or thick print media can cause the problem Make sure that you select the app
142. e document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Start The LCD shows Send or Receive 3 Press 1 to send the fax A 1 Send 4 Replace the external handset V 2 Receive SETUP SEND 6 6 Basic sending operations Sending faxes using multiple settings When you send a fax you can choose any combination of these settings cover page contrast resolution overseas mode delayed fax timer polling transmission or real time transmission If it is not illuminated in green press Fax before pressing Menu After each setting is accepted the LCD will ask if you want to enter more settings Press 1 to select more settings The 22 Setup Send LCD will return to the Setup Send Next menu A 1 Yes v 2 No OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings and go to the next step 6 7 SETUP SEND Contrast If your document is very light or very dark you may want to set the contrast Use Use 1 Light to make the fax darker Dark to make the fax lighter If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 1 22 5etup Send Press gt or toselectAuto sai Light or Dark Light Press Set Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you have finished choosing settings for this page and then go to Step 5 Enter a fa
143. e many fax messages or with Distinctive Ring If you hear fax tones wait until the MFC takes over the call then hang up See Fax Detect on page 5 4 In Fax Tel mode you must set the Ring Delay and F T Ring Time A The MP tray is not available with Fax Receive 5 1 SETUP RECEIVE To select or change your Receive Mode 1 Press Menu 0 1 01 Receive Mode 2 Press lt or to select Fax A oe Only Fax Tel External TAD y External TAD or Manual Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit ea If you are changing the Receive Mode while in another operation the LCD will return to that operation Fax Only 01 03 2003 18 15 Fax Tel External TAD External TAD Dial amp Start Manual Setting the Ring Delay The Ring Delay sets the number of times the MFC rings before it answers in Fax only or Fax Tel mode If you have extension phones on the same line as the MFC or subscribe to the telephone company s Distinctive Ring service keep the Ring Delay setting of 4 See Fax Detect on page 5 4 and Operation from extension telephones on page 5 8 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 1 21 Setup Receive 3 Press or to select how N ce Delay many times the line rings before v 04 the MFC answers Press Set If you select 00 the line won t ring at all 4 Press Stop Exit SETUP RECEIVE 5 2 Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode only If you set t
144. e ADF or face down on the scanner glass Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Duplex 2 in 1 OrDuplex 4 in 1 Press Set Press or to select Portraitl Portrait2 Landscapel Or Landscape2 Press Set Press Start to scan the document If you placed the document in the ADF the MFC starts printing OR If you placed the document on the scanner glass go to Step 6 Place the next document on the scanner glass Select 1 and press Set or press 1 to copy next page After all the pages of the document have been scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 to print MAKING COPIES 10 19 Changing the default copy settings You can adjust the copy settings that are shown in the chart These settings will stay until you change them again Submenu Menu Selections Options Factory Settings 1 Quality Text Auto Photo Auto 2 Contrast oooom oomoo onoso onson omooo msoooo Quality 7 Press Menu 3 1 31 Quality 2 Press or to select Text 4 awe Photo Or Auto v Photo Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Contrast You can change the contrast to help an image look lighter or darker Press Menu 3 2 32 contrast 2 Press to make lighter Jee OR Select 4P amp Set Press to make darker Select dP amp Set Press Set
145. e in inches or millimeters 0 8 inches 0 203 2 mm 12 7 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Watermark You can place a logo or text into your document as a Watermark You can select one of the preset Watermarks or you can use a bitmap file or text file that you have created Check Use Watermark and then select the watermark you want to use amp Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support In background Select Watermark In Outline Text CONFIDENTIAL kad Delete DRAFT VERTRAULICH KOPIE x Print Watermark On all pages In background Check In background to print the watermark image in the background of your document If this feature is not checked then the Watermark will be printed on top of your document In Outline Text Window 2000 Professional XP NT WS 4 0 Only Check In Outline Text if you only want to print an outline of the watermark PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 8 Print Watermark The Print Watermark feature offers the following print choices E Onall pages m On first page only E From second page E Custom Watermark Setting You can change the Watermark s size and position on the page by selecting the Watermark and clicking the Edit button If you want to add a new Watermark click the New button and then select Text or Bitmap in the Watermark Style Watermark Setting Watermark Style O Iext Watermark Text Text Position S
146. e print job close the back output tray Caution Remove each sheet immediately after printing Stacking the sheets may cause a paper jam or the paper to curl USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 11 Printing on envelopes To print on envelopes use manual feed tray or multi purpose tray A m The MFC automatically turns on the Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed tray All sides should be properly folded without any wrinkles or creases Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Envelope Env thin or Env thick 11 12 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER For MFC 8440 2 Open the back output tray 3 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the envelope size a If envelopes are creased after they have been printed At the back of the MFC open the back output tray and push down the blue tabs at the left and right hand sides as shown in the figure on the next page When you have finished printing your envelopes close the back output tray to reset the two blue tabs back to their original position USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 13 4 Using both hands put the envelope in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the envelope touches the paper feed roller and the MFC will grip the envelope A m Make sure the envelope is straight as you insert it in the manual feed tray If it is not the envelope may not be fed prop
147. e rest Selecting Off means you ll have to activate the MFC yourself by lifting the handset of an external or extension phone and then press Start on the MFC OR by pressing 51 if you are not at your MFC See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 8 4 If this feature is set to On but your MFC doesn t connect a fax call when you lift a extension or external phone handset press the Remote Activation Code 51 If you send faxes from a computer on the same phone line and the MFC intercepts them set Fax Detect to Off If it is not illuminated in green press Fax UNSa Press Menu 2 1 3 a Receive Use lt or to select On or 7 3 D Detect et v Off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit SETUP RECEIVE 5 4 Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction If you choose On the MFC automatically reduces an incoming fax to fit on one page of letter legal or A4 size paper regardless of the paper size of the document The MFC calculates the reduction ratio by using the page size of the document and your Paper Size setting Menu 1 3 1 2 3 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Menu 2 1 5 21 Setup Receive If you have the optional paper tray ee Reoueeeor 2 press or io select v Off Tray 1 or Tray 2 Press Set Use or to select On or Of Press Set Press Stop Exit If you receive faxes t
148. ealer for service No DX Tray You tried to make duplex printing with duplex cover open Install the duplex tray correctly See Paper is jammed in the duplex tray For MFC 8840D on page 22 10 No Response Busy The number you dialled does not answer or is busy Verify the number and try again TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 2 ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE Not You tried to access a One Touch or Set up the One Touch or Speed Dial Registered Speed Dial number that is not programmed number See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 Out of Memory You can t store data in the memory Fax sending in process Press Stop Exit and wait until the other operations in progress finish and then try again OR Clear the data in the memory See Out of Memory message on page 10 5 Copy operation in process Press Stop Exit and wait until the other operations in process finish and then try again OR Clear the data in the memory See Out of Memory message on page 10 5 OR Add an optional memory See Memory board on page 23 1 Printing operation in process Reduce print resolution See Print Quality on page 12 5 OR Clear the data in the memory See Out of Memory message on page 10 5 OR Add an optional memory See Memory board on page 23 1
149. ectrodes shown below 22 33 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3 Hold down the lock lever on the right and pull the toner cartridge out of the drum unit See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Lock Lever A Discard the used drum unit according to local regulations keeping it separate from domestic waste Be sure to seal the drum unit tightly so toner powder does not spill out of the unit If you have questions call your local waste disposal office 4 Waitto unpack the new drum unit until immediately before installing it Place the old drum unit into the plastic bag and discard it according to local regulations 5 Reinstall the toner cartridge into the new drum unit See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 6 Reinstall the new drum unit keeping the front cover open 7 Press Clear Back 8 Press 1 and when the LCD shows Replace Drum Accepted and close the front Al Yes ver Cove w2 No i Select AV amp Set Caution If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe off or wash with cold water TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 34 Checking the drum life You can see the percentage of the drum s life that remains available 1 Press Menu 2 0 2 20 Miscellaneous 2 For five seconds the LCD shows 2 Drum Life the available percentage of drum Remaining 100 life ae Even if the remaining drum life is 0 y
150. ed eee eee eeteeeeete ee eeeeeeeeeeeteaaeeeeeeeeeee S 2 FAN AEA TT E TEA E S 3 EE E EE EE E E S 4 PIME ieaiaia arara aaa Aaaa eaae SEKE EA AAEE S 5 lnter aC ES ana E ENN S 5 Computer requirements seeseseeeseesreeirerisrrrrnsrrrrresrrnrens S 6 Consumable itOms cccccceeeseeeecceeeeeaeeeeneeeeeaeeeeeeeeees S 7 Network LAN board NC 9100N eesseeeeteeeeeseeeeeees S 8 Optional External Wireless Print Scan Server NC 2200W 00 eeeecececceeeeneee cece eeeeaeeeceaeeeesaaeeteeeeeetaeeenenees S 9 MINOX oe cs E ET E E A EE E l 1 Remote Retrieval Access card ssssssssseunneennenennnnnnrnunnnennna R 1 XX i Introduction Using this Guide Thank you for buying a Brother Multi Function Center MFC Your MFC 8440 MFC 8840D is simple to use with LCD screen instructions to guide you through programming it You can make the most of your MFC by taking a few minutes to read this Guide Finding information All the chapter headings and subheadings are listed in the Table of Contents You will be able to find information about a specific feature or operation by checking the Index at the back of this Guide Symbols used in this Guide Throughout this Guide yov ll see special symbols alerting you to important warnings notes and actions To make things clearer and to help you press the correct keys we used special fonts and added some of the messages that will appear in the LCD Bold Bold typeface identif
151. eeeaeeeecaeeesaeeeeaes 12 11 Accessories tab ccceccececceeeeeeeeceeeeteeeeeeeeeesenees 12 14 S10 0 010 1 one ree 12 16 Features in the PS printer driver For Windows 12 17 PONS TaD oes crs soca Sed ances aA E ET 12 18 Device Settings tab cecececceeeeeseeeeeseeeesteeeeaes 12 19 Layout lab ierann nsira ne nn NEAREST AaS 12 20 Booklet For MFC 8840D For Windows 2000 XP ssssseseeeeeeeeeees 12 20 Paper Quallity tab ceeececcceeeceeteeeeeeeeseceeeeeaeeeeaes 12 21 Advanced Options ceeececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeesenees 12 22 xiii How to scan using Windows ssssssssesseseeeeseeeeeeees 13 1 Scanning a document 0 0 cee ceeeeee cette eeeeeeeeeteeeeteaeeeeaes 13 1 TWAIN complant nccc 13 1 How to access the Scanner 13 2 Scanning a document into the PC sses 13 3 Scanning a whole page cccceesceeeeeeeeeseeeeees 13 3 Pre Scanning to crop a portion you want to scan 13 4 Settings in the Scanner Window ccceeeee 13 6 limage Type nrsmnocrnonnnenn anna 13 6 RESOIU ON re 13 6 SCAN TYPO iina aa 13 7 BriQghtN SS cccccesecceceeeeseceeeeeesseceeeeeneeeeeeneneees 13 7 Contrast sunia Rites eel items 13 7 Document Size ceccceeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeeeeeteaeeneneees 13 8 Scanning a document For Windows XP only 13 10 WIA Compliant 2 0 0 eececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeenneeeees 13 10 How to access the scanner eneee 13 10 Scanning a d
152. egister a Member or Group on each of the ten Speed Dial buttons To register an address in a Speed Dial button Click the Speed Dial button you want to program 2 Click the Member or Group you want to store on the Speed Dial button 3 Click Add gt gt to save it To clear a Speed Dial button Click the Speed Dial button you want to clear 2 Click Clear to erase it 17 6 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE The Address Book From the Start menu select Programs Brother MFL Pro Suite MFC 8840D and then click PC FAX Address Book The Brother Address Book dialog box will appear Brother Address Book DER File Edit Help He A w Name Fax Psales E Joe Smith 908 555 1234 Ef John Roller 908 704 2312 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 7 Setting up a Member in the Address Book In the Brother Address Book dialog box you can add edit and delete stored information of Members and Groups 7 In the Address Book dialog box click the E icon to add a Member The Brother Address Book Member Setup dialog box will appear Brother Address Book Member Setup Name f Joe Smith Company Brother International Cop Department Sales Job Title Sales Rep Street Address fi 00 Some Street City State Province Zip Code Post Code 08807 Country Region Business Phone 908 555 1234 Home Phone Fax 908 555 1234 Mobile Phone E Mail ioe smthe con MFCEMailAddess Cancel 2 Inthe
153. elect Scan to File you can scan a black and white or color document and send it directly to a PC you designate on your network The file will be saved in the folder and file format that you have configured in the Brother SmartUI on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to File on page 14 8 to 14 9 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 a For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUI selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartUl Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan Press or to select Scan to File Press Set 4 Press lt or to select a destination you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process N Max 25 clients can be connected to one MFC on a Network For example if 30 clients try to connect at a time 5 clients will not be shown on the LCD NETWORK SCANNING 19 10 Brother Network PC FAX software Enable Network PC FAX To use the MFC as a Network PC FAX the NC 9100h Network board should be installed into the MFC and configured with TCP IP and
154. ember the following The side to be printed on must be face up E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray 6 Send the print data to the MFC USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 11 7 Printing on thicker paper and card stock When the back output tray is pulled down the MFC has a straight paper path from the manual feed tray or the MP tray through to the back of the MFC Use this paper feed and output method when you want to print on thicker 106 161 g m paper or card stock The manual feed tray For MFC 8440 Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Thick paper or Thicker paper Paper Source Manual 2 Open the back output tray 3 Open the manual feed tray Slide the paper guides to fit the paper size 11 8 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 4 Using both hands put the paper in the manual feed tray until the front edge of the paper touches the paper feed roller and the MFC grips the paper 4 E Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position in the manual feed tray If itis not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam E Donot put more than one piece of paper in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam 5 Send the print data to the MFC 6 After the printed page comes out
155. en view my document on the screen but do not appear when print them Most laser printers have a restricted area that will not accept print Usually these are the first two lines and last two lines leaves 62 printable lines Adjust the top and bottom margins in your document to allow for this Scanning Difficulties TWAIN errors appear while scanning Make sure the Brother TWAIN driver is selected as the primary source In PaperPort click Scan in the File menu and select the Brother TWAIN driver Software Difficulties Cannot install software or print Run the MFL Pro Suite Repair and Install program on the CD ROM This program will repair and reinstall the software Cannot perform 2 in 1 or 4in1 printing Check that the paper size setting in the application and in the printer driver are the same Cannot print when using Adobe Illustrator Try to reduce the print resolution When using ATM fonts some characters are missing or some characters are printed in their place If you are using Windows 98 98SE Me select Printer Settings from the Start menu Select the properties of the Brother MFC 8440 or MFC 8840D USB Printer Click Spool Setting on the Details tab Select RAW from Spool Data Format TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 14 DIFFICULTY SUGGESTIONS Unable to write to LPT1 or LPT1 already
156. enable the machine to work with BT Call Sign Only with your external phone 0 eeeee 5 14 Set p Send ieia aaae aaa a a daana aiaa 6 1 How t0 FAX eratrcnnn naminiu nain e A 6 1 Enter Fax MOQUE ecceceeeeceeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaeeeeeneaa 6 1 Faxing from the automatic document feeder ADF 6 1 Faxing from the ADF seeen 6 2 Faxing from the scanner glass seene 6 3 Faxing legal size documents from the scanner glass 6 5 Out of Memory message ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeettaeeteeeees 6 5 Manual tranSmiSSion cccceeeeceeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeeees 6 5 Automatic transmission 0 eccceeeeeseeeeeeeenteeeeeeeaaes 6 6 This is the easiest way to send a fax 6 6 Sending a fax at the end of a conversation 6 6 Basic sending Operations c ceceteeceeeeetieeeeeeetteeeeeeene 6 7 Sending faxes using multiple settings e 6 7 COMtrASE oo eee cece ee nindian sinnani nean ai aaiae nasaian 6 8 Fax Resolutio nnensnn n 6 9 Manual and automatic fax Redial 0 ccceeees 6 9 Dual ACCOSS ioin eaa 6 10 Real Time Transmission ccccceeeeeeeeeeeeesenneees 6 11 Checking job Status 0 ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeees 6 12 Cancelling a job while scanning the documenrt 6 12 Cancelling a scheduled job cccceeseeeeeeeeeneeeee 6 13 Advanced sending operations c ceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 14 Composing the electronic Cover Page 0
157. ent Scanning directly to a networked PC is not supported in Windows NT and Mac OS E BRAdmin Professional is not supported in Mac OS Optional External Wireless Print Scan Server NC 2200w NC 2200w External Wireless Print Scan Server Optional Network types Support for Protocols Connecting the optional External Wireless Print Scan Server NC 2200w to your MFC will allow you to print and scan over a wireless network IEEE802 11b wireless LAN Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 XP and Windows NT Mac OS X 10 2 4 or greater Apple Rendezvous TCP IP ARP RARP BOOTP DHCP APIPA Auto IP WINS NetBIOS DNS LPR LPD Port9100 SMB Print IPP RawPort Apple Rendezvous TELNET SNMP HTTP Network Scanning are not available for Mac You can assign the scan key to one networked computer only SPECIFICATIONS S 9 Index Access codes storing and dialling o e 7 9 ADF Automatic Document Feeder aosssessnsessoreeseee 6 1 ADF COVED eeersees 22 5 Automatic fax receive eee 5 1 fax redial c eee 6 9 transmission s es 6 6 Broadcasting cceee 6 17 setting up Groups for 7 5 Brother Control Center using and configuring 14 1 Cancelling fax forwarding n se 8 5 fax jobs in memory 6 12 jobs awaiting redial 6 13 Cleaning routine maintenance drum unit naa 22 26 printer saccades ceded 22 25 SCANNET siiin 22 24 CNG tones nonnisi 1 12 C
158. er E mail address Title Company Brother Office location Department Home phone Work phone Address Billing code lt Back Next gt _ Cance _ 7 Select Brother MFC 8440 or MFC 8840D in the Please select the fax device pull down list Click to select the Enable Receive check box Specify the number of rings before your MFC will attempt to answer the fax Click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Select Device for Sending or Receiving Faxes Select the device that you want to use to send or receive faxes Please select the fax device Brother MFC 8840D 7 Enable Send MlEnable Receive O Manual answer Automatically answer after lt Back J Next gt Cancel USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 23 8 Enter the Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID Enter the Transmitting Subscriber Identification TSID to be used to identify your computer to a fax recipient The TSID is transmitted when you send a fax and usually consists of a fax number and a business name TSID Ez lt Back _ __Next gt _ Cance 9 Enter the Called Subscriber Identification CSID and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard X Called Subscriber Identification CSID Enter the Called Subscriber Identification CSID to be used to identify your Computer to a
159. er or Group from the Address Book ae If you make a mistake you can click Clear to delete all the entries 5 To include a Cover Page click Cover Page On and then click the Cover Page I icon to enter or edit the Cover Page information 6 Click Start to send the fax ae If you want to cancel the fax click Stop Redial If you want to redial a number click Redial to scroll through the last five fax numbers and then click Start Sending a file as a PC FAX using the Simple style Create afile in Word Excel Paint Draw or any other application on your PC 2 From the File menu select Print The Print dialog box will appear General Select Printer El Add Printer 22 PaperPort Color Brother MFC 890 USB Printer 3 PaperPort ther PC FAX Status Print to file Preferences Location Comment Find Printer Page Range All Number of copies 1 O Pages 1 565535 Enter either a single page number or a single mge For example 5 12 Print jl Cancel USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 17 3 Select Brother PC FAX as your printer and then click OK The FAX Sending dialog box will appear Brother PC FAX x a ad 21 4 inthe To field type the fax number of the recipient You can also use the Address Book to select destination fax numbers by clicking the To button If you made a mistake entering a number click the Clear button to delete
160. er Settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings Target Application Application From the pull down list select the application you want to add to this Pop Up screen Click the Custom Link Settings button to set up links for your user defined application 14 15 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Copy Scanner Setting Draft Copy x Modify Settings Copy Settings Brother MFC 8840D Copies po Copy Options To access the Copy Configurations screen Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the Copy and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 16 Scanner settings From the pull down list select the scanning mode that is appropriate for the type of file Draft Copy or Fine Copy To change any of the settings for this mode click Modify Settings Number of copies Copies Enter the number of copies you want to print To change the copy options click the
161. erly resulting in a skewed printout or a jam E Do not put more than one envelope in the manual feed tray at any one time or it may cause a jam E Put the envelope in the manual feed tray making sure that the side to be printed on is face up in the tray 5 After the printed envelope comes out of the MFC the MFC will wait until you put in the next envelope Repeat Step 4 for each envelope you want to print 6 Send the print data to the MFC 7 After you finish the print job close the back output tray 11 14 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER For MFC 8840D 2 Open the back output tray and then unfold the face up output tray support if necessary 3 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 4 Pull out the MP tray support flap 4 If envelopes are creased after they have been printed At the back of the MFC open the back output tray and push down the blue tabs at the left and right hand sides as shown in the figure on the next page When you have finished printing your envelopes close the back output tray to reset the two blue tabs back to their original position USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 15 5 Put the envelopes in the MP tray so that they touch the back of the tray Do not put more than 3 envelopes in the MP tray at any one time or it may cause a jam ae Make sure that the envelopes are neatly stacked and in the proper position in the MP tray If they are not the envelopes may not be fed properly resulting in a s
162. estination you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process NETWORK SCANNING 19 8 Scan to OCR When you select Scan to OCR your document will be scanned and sent directly to the PC you designated on your network The Brother SmartUI will activate ScanSoft OmniPage and convert your document into text for viewing and editing from a word processing application on the designated PC You can change the Scan configuration For Windows 98 Me 2000 See Scan to OCR Word Processor on page 14 12 to 14 13 For Windows XP See Hardware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration on page 15 5 to 15 11 A For Network Scanning the Brother Control Center SmartUI selections are used only for configuring the Scan button You will not be able to initiate a network scan from the Brother Control Center SmartU I Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan 3 Press lt gt or to select Scan N to OCR Press Set 4 Press lt or to select a destination you want to send Press Set If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process 19 9 NETWORK SCANNING Scan to File When you s
163. et of stored settings You can keep the factory default settings or change them at any time Resolution From the pull down list select the scanning resolution you most often use Color Mode From the pull down list select the color settings you most often use Scan Size From the pull down list select the scan size you most often use Brightness Slide the adjuster from 0 to 100 Contrast Slide the adjuster from 0 to 100 Click OK to save your changes If you make a mistake or want the original default setting just click the Restore Defaults button when the scanning mode is displayed USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 6 Perform an operation from the Control Center screen If you see this screen it means you left clicked a button in the Control Center window without first placing a document in the ADF is SmartUl x For models with an ADF Please insert paper into the ADF before pressing the Brother MFL Pro Control Center buttons or right click the mouse to configure the Scan to options For models without an ADF or models connected through the network Please use the Scan options on your machine control panel to scan the document or right click the mouse button to confi i can to options Place the document in the MFC s ADF and then click OK to go to the Control Center screen ae If you want to scan the document from the scanner glass please use Scan on the control panel of the MFC
164. etection The inadvisable configuration is shown in figure 1 below and the recommended master slave configuration is shown in figure 2 This new connection configuration can be arranged by contacting BT Kingston upon Hull Telecommunications your PABX maintainer or a qualified telephone installation company as appropriate Simply explained the extension telephone circuit should be terminated on a normal modular plug BT 431A style which in turn should be inserted into the modular socket of the white T shaped connector provided as part of the line cord assembly 1 18 INTRODUCTION EXTENSION EXTENSION MASTER SOCKET SOCKET SOCKET INCOMING LINE m p ahe Bh B INADVISABLE CONNECTION OF EXTENSION SOCKETS a Fig 1 ae EXTENSION EXTENSION MASTER SOCKET SOCKET SOCKET _ INCOMING LINE FAX I yl FAX MACHINE MUST BE PLUGGED INTO MASTER SOCKET RECOMMENDED CONNECTION OF EXTENSION SOCKETS Fig 2 INTRODUCTION 1 19 Multi line connections PBX Most offices use a central telephone system While it is often relatively simple to connect the MFC to a key system or a PBX Private Branch Exchange we suggest that you contact the company that installed your telephone system and ask them to connect the MFC for you It is advisable to have a separate line for the MFC You can then leave the Receive
165. ettings 00 10 6 Enlarge REGUCE c cccccceeecceeceteeeeeseeeeeeeeeenaeeeeaes 10 7 Quality type of document eccceeeeeeeeetteettees 10 9 Sorting copies using the ADF 10 9 COMMAS E oo eee eect cece E 10 10 Tray Selektine an 10 11 Duplex N in eeeeeeeresrsesrrssrrrerrsrerrrerreneren 10 12 Duplex N in 1 COPY ssesisssisesiressrresrrserrssrrenenens 10 14 INU 1S COPY sieeectacecde civ Actes ed eee 10 14 POSTO a ade dairies 10 16 Duplex 1 in 1 For MFC 8840D 0 00 10 17 Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8840D ceeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeaeees 10 19 Changing the default copy settings eeeeeee 10 20 Quality aars enini eoan eaan aA EE EEs 10 20 COMMAS sive tite sta aa 10 20 Using the MFC as a printer ccessccssseeeeeeeeeseeeeneeees 11 1 Using the Brother MFC 8440 MFC 8840D printer AVE cennsa 11 1 How to print your document ssessesssesresserrsnrrerrnnns 11 2 Simultaneous printing and faxing 0 c ceceeeeeeeeeees 11 3 Two sided printing Duplex Printing ce 11 3 Automatic Duplex Printing For MFC 8840D 11 3 Manual Duplex Printing eeens 11 4 Face down Output tray ecceeeeeeseeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeaes 11 5 Printing ON plain PAPEL eect eeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeees 11 5 The manual feed tray For MFC 8440 11 5 The MP tray For MFC 8840D nesen 11 6 x Printing on thicker paper and card stock n 11 8
166. ettings Sorting copies using the ADF If you want to sort multiple copies use the ADF Pages will be printed in the order 123 123 123 and so on 1 2 AQ Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Sort Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings MAKING COPIES 10 9 Contrast You can adjust copy contrast to make copies darker or lighter 7 Press 2 Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 3 Press Contrast 4 Press to make a copy lighter OR Press 9 to make a copy darker Press Set 5 Press Start OR Press other Temporary Copy keys for more settings Press Contrast E Contrast g E 2 E E OE E E 10 10 MAKING COPIES Tray Select You can change the tray use only for the next copy Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass up to 99 Press Set Press Start OR OQ AQ ND Press Tray Select Press or 9 to select the tray usage Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want Press other Tempora
167. etup 6 Order Form To print a report 7 Press Menu 5 Prints the Help List so you can see at a glance how to quickly program your MFC Lists names and numbers stored in the One Touch and Speed Dial memory in numerical order Lists information about the last incoming and outgoing faxes TX means Transmit RX means Receive Prints a Transmission Verification Report for your last transmission Lists your settings You can print an accessories order form to fill out and send to Brother dealer 2 Press or to select the report you want Press Set OR Enter the number of the report you want to print For example press 1 3 Press Start 9 3 PRINTING REPORTS to print the Help List Making copies Using the MFC as a copier You can use your MFC as a copier making up to 99 copies at a time Enter Copy mode Before making copies make sure that 5 Copy is illuminated in green If it is not press Copy to enter Copy mode The default setting is Fax You can change the number of seconds or minutes that the MFC stays in Copy mode after a copy operation See Setting the Mode Timer on page 4 6 The printable area of your MFC begins at approximately 2 mm from the both ends and 3 mm from the top or bottom of the paper Ex A4 Document gt A4 Paper Unprintable area 3mm MAKING COPIES 10 1 Temporary copy settings You can improve your copies by using the Temporary Copy Keys
168. f the settings for this mode click Modify Settings USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 10 E mail application E mail Application From the pull down list select your E mail application E mail Settings Click the E Mail Settings button to set up links The Send To Options window will appear Send To Options Outlook Express Program Links IV Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help Send to Options Convert attachments to specified file type Converts items to the type in the File type box Clear this check box to keep files in their source format for example to keep Word documents in the doc format and JPEG images in the jpg format All documents and image items Converts all items regardless of the program in which the item was created for example converts all Word doc files and JPEG jpg files to the file type PaperPort image items MAX only Converts only PaperPort image items max files PaperPort does not convert other file types such as JPEG images and Word documents File type ldentifies the format in which to convert items for example JPEG or TIFF Combine items into single file if possible Combines all selected items into a single file that contains multiple pages This option is available only when the file type supports multiple pages such as multi page TIFF 14 11 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Scan to OCR Word Processor Microsoft WordPad Text for
169. fax sender The CSID is transmitted when you receive a fax and usually consists of a fax number and a business name CESID lt Back __Next gt _ Cancel 17 24 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 10 Select if you print a received fax or save it in a folder and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Routing Options Specify routing options for incoming faxes When a fax is received Print it on Store a copy in a folder J Successfully received faxes are stored in the Inbox archive of Fax Console Choose this option to save an additional copy of the fax in the folder specified lt Back Next gt Cancel 17 Click Finish Fax Configuration Wizard Completing the Fax Configuration Q Wizard You have successfully completed the Fax Configuration Wizard Configuration Summary Devices configured to send faxes Brother MFC 8840D The TSID of these devices is Fax Devices configured to receive faxes Brother MFC 8840D Devices are configured to automatically answer incoming fax calls after 2 rings The CSID of these devices is Fax To close this wizard click Finish lt Back __Finish _ Cancel a When PC FAX Receiving is active you cannot run the Remote Setup utility To use Remote Setup check off Enable Receive in Step 7 For information on how to use PC FAX Sending and Receiving please refer to Help in the Fax Console The PC FAX installation
170. g them in the ADF S DO NOT use paper that is curled wrinkled folded ripped stapled paper clipped pasted or taped DO NOT use cardboard newspaper or fabric To fax this kind of document see Faxing from the scanner glass on page 6 3 m Make sure documents written with ink are completely dry mM The documents to be faxed must be from 148 to 216 mm wide and 148 to 356 mm long 6 1 SETUP SEND Faxing from the ADF 1 ADF Document Support Extension green press i a Fax Pull out the ADF i P Output If it is not illuminated in Document Support Support Extension Unfold the ADF Document Output Support Flap 2 ODDO CA o ODO Fan the pages well and BY aS we stagger them at an angle Make sure you put the documents face up top edge first in the ADF until you feel them touch the feed roller Adjust the paper guides to fit the width of your documents The documents are Face Up in the ADF Document Support 5 Dial the fax number Press Start The MFC starts scanning the first page SETUP SEND 6 2 Faxing from the scanner glass You can use the scanner glass to fax pages of a book or one page at a time The documents can be up to letter A4 or legal size 216 mm to 356 mm To cancel press Stop Exit 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Lift the document cover The documents are Face Down on the Scanner Glass SIA Document Guidelines S
171. ge allowing multiple pages to be printed on one sheet of paper or enlarging the image size for printing one page on multiple sheets of paper A4 Ad 210 x 297 mm 210 x 297 mm Ex 4in 1 Ex 1 in 2 x 2 pages Border Line When printing multiple pages on one sheet with the Multiple Page feature you can select to have a solid border dash border or no border around each page on the sheet Orientation Orientation selects the position of how your document will be printed Portrait or Landscape A4 210 x 297 mm g 1 210 x 297 mm Portrait Landscape 12 3 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Copies The copies selection sets the number of copies that will be printed Collate With the Collate check box selected one complete copy of your document will be printed and then repeated for the number of copies you selected If the Collate check box is not selected then each page will be printed for all the copies selected before the next page of the document is printed 4 Ad 1 210 x 297 mm 1 210 x 297 mm chs ch 12 1 Collate box checked Collate box not checked Media Type You can use the following types of media in your MFC For the best print quality select the type of media that you wish to use Plain Paper Thin Paper Thick Paper Thicker Paper Bond Paper Transparencies Envelopes Env Thick Env Thin ae When using ordinary plain paper 70 to 95g m select Plain Paper When using heavier weight paper envelopes or r
172. hat are split onto two pages turn on this setting 5 5 SETUP RECEIVE Reception into memory As soon as the paper tray becomes empty during fax reception the screen will display Check Paper please put some paper in the paper tray See Quick Setup Guide If the Memory Receive switch is ON at this time The current fax reception will continue with the remaining pages being stored in memory if it is available Subsequent incoming faxes will also be stored into memory until the memory is full following with no further incoming fax calls will be automatically answered To print all data put paper in the paper tray If the Memory Receive switch is OFF at this time The current fax reception will continue with the remaining page s being stored in memory subject to available memory Subsequent incoming fax calls will not be automatically answered until fresh paper is put in the paper tray To print the last fax received load paper in the paper tray If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 6 21 Setup Receive 3 Use or to select on or R 6 G Recerve Off v Off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit SETUP RECEIVE 5 6 Printing a fax from the memory If you set Fax Storage to ON for Remote Retrieval you can still print a fax from the memory when you are at your MFC See Setting Fax Storage on page 8 2 7 Press Menu 2 5 4 25 Remote Fax Opt 2 Press Start 4 Print Document 3 Af
173. he Receive Mode to Fax Tel you ll need to decide how long the MFC will signal you with its special pseudo double ring when you have a voice call If it s a fax call the MFC prints the fax This pseudo double ring happens after the initial ringing from the phone company Only the MFC rings for 20 30 40 or 70 seconds and no other phones on the same line will ring with the special pseudo double ring However you can still answer the call on any extension phone in a separate wall socket phone socket on the same line as the MFC See Operation from extension telephones on page 5 8 7 If it is not illuminated in green press lt 2 Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 2 21 Setup Receive 3 Press lt or to select how 2 F T Ring Time ae A 20 long the MFC will ring to alert you w 30 that you have a voice call Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit e Even if the caller hangs up during the pseudo double ringing the MFC will continue to ring for the set time 5 3 SETUP RECEIVE Fax Detect When you use this feature you don t have to press Start or the Remote Activation Code 51 when you answer a fax call Selecting On allows the MFC to receive fax calls automatically even if you lift the handset of an extension or external phone When you see Receiving on the LCD or when you hear chirps through the handset of an extension phone connected to another wall socket phone socket just replace the handset and your MFC will do th
174. he special character or symbol you want Then press Set to select it Press for space amp Press for lt gt A_ Press 0 for AEOUACEEO 4 4 GETTING STARTED PABX and TRANSFER The machine is initially set to be connected with PSTN Public Switched Telephone Network lines However many offices use a central telephone system or Private Automatic Branch Exchange PABX Your fax can be connected to most types of PABX The recall facility on the machine supports timed break recall only TBR PBXS normally can work with this for gaining access to an outside line or for transferring a call to another extension The feature works when the Tel R key is pressed Setting PABX If the machine is connected to a PABX system set PBX to On If not set it to Off 1 Press Menu 0 5 05 PBX 2 Press or to select on or be ma Off v off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit You can program a Tel R keypress as part of a number stored in a One Touch or Speed Dial location When programming the One Touch or Speed Dial number Function menu 2 3 1 or 2 3 2 press Tel R first the screen displays then enter the telephone number If you do this you do not need to press Tel R each time before you dial using a One Touch or Speed Dial location See Storing numbers for easy dialling on page 7 1 However if PBX is set to of f you cannot use the One Touch or Speed Dial number that a Te
175. her Control Center features The SmartUI control center gives you the ability to configure the hardware Scan key on your MFC such as Scan to File The Scan to File feature allows you to scan a document directly to your hard disk and choose the file format and destination folder without having to run any other applications Select which section you want by clicking on the appropriate tab Hardware Section Software Section Scan USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 3 Auto Configuration During the installation process the Control Center checks your system to determine the default applications for E mail word processing and graphics viewer editor For example if you are using Outlook as your default E mail application the Control Center automatically will create a link anda scanning application button for Outlook You can change the default application by right clicking on any of the scan buttons in the Control Center and then clicking Configuration Select the Configuration tab and from the Application pull down menu select a different application For example you can change the E mail scan button from Outlook Express to Outlook by changing the application that is listed Scan to OCR Scan action Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Link Preferences Famat Foller 15 4 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTU CONTROL CENTER Hard
176. htness setting to get the best image The Brother TWAIN Scanner driver offers 100 Brightness levels 50 to 50 The default value is 0 representing an average setting You can set the Brightness level by dragging the slide bar to the right to lighten the image or to the left to darken the image You can also type a value in the box to set the level Click OK If the scanned image is too light set a lower Brightness level and scan the image again If the image is too dark set a higher Brightness level and scan the image again Brightness e Contrast Contrast You can only adjust the Contrast level when you have selected one of the Gray Scale settings it is not available when you have selected Black amp White as the selected Color Type Increasing the Contrast level by dragging the slide bar to the right emphasizes dark and light areas of the image while reducing the Contrast level by dragging the slide bar to the left reveals more detail in the gray areas Instead of using the slide bar you can type a value in the box to set the Contrast Click OK 18 26 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Using Presto PageManager Presto PageManager is application software for managing the documents in your computer Since it is compatible with most image editors and word processing programs Presto PageManager gives you unmatched control over your computer files You can easily manage your documen
177. humidity high temperatures and so on may cause this print fault See Choosing a location on page v If the whole page is too light Toner Save mode may be on Turn off Toner Save mode in the printer Properties tab of the driver OR If your MFC is not connected to a computer turn off Toner Save mode in the MFC itself See Toner Save on page 4 10 Try installing a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Try installing a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 D ABCDEFGH abcdefghijk ABCD abcde 01234 Gray background Make sure that you use paper that meets the recommended specifications See About paper on page 2 1 Check the printer s environment high temperatures and high humidity can increase the amount of background shading See Choosing a location on page v Use a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Use a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 Make sure you use paper that meets our specifications Rough surfaced paper or thick print media may cause this problem Make sure that you choose the appropriate media type in the printer driver See About paper on page 2 1 Try using a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 Toner specks Ghost aw Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications TE OR Rough surfaced paper may cause the problem See Abo
178. ialling the number Wait to hear fax receiving tones before pressing Start The MFC does not answer when called Make sure the MFC is in the correct receiving mode for your setup See Basic sending operations on page 6 7 Check for a dial tone If possible call your MFC to hear it answer If there is still no answer check the telephone line cord connection If there is no ringing when you call your MFC ask your telephone company to check the line TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 12 DIFFICULTY SUGGESTIONS Sending Faxes Poor sending quality Try changing your resolution to Fine or S Fine Make a copy to check your MFC s scanner operation If copy quality is not good clean the scanner See Cleaning the scanner on page 22 24 Transmission Verification Report says RESULT NG or RESULT ERROR There is probably temporary noise or static on the line Try sending the fax again If you send a PC FAX message and get RESULT NG or on the Transmission Verification Report your MFC may be out of memory To gain extra memory you can turn off Fax Storage see Setting Fax Storage on page 8 2 print fax messages in memory see Polling on page 5 10 or cancel a Delayed Fax or Polling Job see Cancelling a job while scanning the document on page 6 12 If the problem continues ask the telephone company to check your phone line Vertical black lines when sending If the
179. ick Scanner Device icon and select properties to view the Network Scanner Properties dialog box 2 Click the Network Setting tab in the dialog box and select a method to specify the MFC as a Network scanner for your PC Brother XXX XXXX LAN Properties General Events Color Management Network Setting Scan To Button Specify your MFC by address IP Address 19 1 Specify your MFC by Name Node Name BRN_OOs Browse NETWORK SCANNING 19 2 Specify your MFC by address Enter the actual IP address of the MFC in the IP Address field Click Apply and then OK Specify your MFC by Name Enter the MFC Node name in the Node Name field Click Apply and then OK Search from a list of available device Click Browse and select the appropriate device you want to use Click OK Click Apply and then OK Search for DCP Devices Node Name IP Address Model Name Location BRN_XXXXXX XXX XXX XXXX Brother MFC XX BRN_XXXXXX XXX XXX X XXX Brother DCP XX BRN_XXXKXK XXX XXXXXXX Brother MFC XX v Cancel 19 3 NETWORK SCANNING 3 Click the Scan To Button tab in the dialog box and enter your PC Name in the Display Name field The MFC s LCD displays the Name you enter Default setting is your PC Name You can enter a name if you like Brother XXX XXXX LAN Properties General Events Color Management Network Setting Scan To Button V Register your PC with the Scan To functions at the MFC
180. ies specific keys on the MFC control panel Italics Italicized typeface emphasizes an important point or refers you to a related topic Courier New Courier New typeface identifies the messages on the LCD of the MFC A Warnings inform you what to do to avoid possible personal injury or damage to the MFC Cautions specify procedures you must follow or avoid to prevent possible damage to the machine A Notes tell you how you should respond to a situation that may arise or give tips about how the current operation works with other features O Improper Setup alerts you to devices and operations that are not compatible with the MFC INTRODUCTION 1 1 MFC part names and operations E Front view 5 Automatic Document Feeder ADF 3 Face down Output Tra Support Flap with Extension 2 Front Cover Release Button 1 MFC 8440 Manual Feed Tray MFC 8840D Multi purpose Tray MP Tray 4 Control Panel 6 ADF Document Support Extension 7 ADF Document Output Support Flap 8 Document Cover 9 Power Switch 10 Front Cover 11 Paper Tray Tray 1 No Name Description MFC 8440 Manual Feed Tray MFC 8840D Multi purpose Tray MP Tray Load paper here 2 Front Cover Release Button Press it to open the front cover 3 Face down Output Tray Support Flap Unfold it to prevent the printed paper with Extension Support Flap from sliding off the MFC 4
181. il pages have exited the MFC before picking them up IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 3 13 Unplug this product from the wall outlet and refer servicing to Authorized Service Personnel under the following conditions When the power cord is damaged or frayed If liquid has been spilled into the product If the product has been exposed to rain or water If the product does not operate normally when the operating instructions are followed Adjust only those controls that are covered by the operating instructions Improper adjustment of other controls may result in damage and will often require extensive work by a qualified technician to restore the product to normal operation If the product has been dropped or the cabinet has been damaged If the product exhibits a distinct change in performance indicating a need for service 14 To protect your product against power surges we recommend the use of a power protection device Surge Protector 15 To reduce the risk of fire electric shock and injury to persons note the following Do not use this product near appliances that use water a swimming pool or in a wet basement Do not use the MFC s telephone during an electrical storm there is the remote possibility of an electrical shock or to report a gas leak in the vicinity of the leak Use only the power cord indicated in this manual 21 4 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Trademarks The Brother logo is a registered trademark of Brother Indu
182. ime OK Cancel Help Secure Print Secure documents are documents that are password protected when they are sent to the MFC Only the people who know the password will be able to print them Since the documents are secured at the MFC you must use the control panel of the MFC with the password to print them To send a secured document Select Secure Print from Printer Function and check Secure Print 2 Enter your password user name and job name and click OK 3 You must print the secured documents from the control panel of the MFC See Secure key on page 11 17 To delete a secured document 7 You need to use the control panel of the MFC to delete a secured document See Secure key on page 11 17 A You can store up to 8 MB of secured data in the MFC s memory 12 11 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Quick Print Setup The Quick Print Setup feature allows you to quickly select driver settings To view setting simply click your mouse button on the task tray 3 icon This feature can be set to ON or OFF from the Device Options section a The factory setting is OFF amp Printing Preferences OK _ Cancel App Help Administrator For Windows 98 98SE Me Users Only The administrator selection permits the Copy Scaling and Watermark features to be locked and password protected Brother MFC 8840D Printer Properties General Details Basic Advanced Accessories Support
183. indow use the options available to refine the image 13 5 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS Settings in the Scanner window Image Type Select the image type of output from Photo Web or Text Resolution and Scan Type will be altered for each default setting The default settings are Image Type Resolution Scan Type Photo Select for scanning photo images 300 x 300 dpi 24 bit color Web Select for attaching the scanned 100 x 100 dpi 24 bit color image to web pages Text Select for scanning text 200 x 200 dpi Black amp White documents Resolution You can change the scanning resolution from the Resolution drop down list Higher resolutions take more memory and transfer time but can achieve a finer scanned image The following table shows the resolution you can choose and the available colors Resolution Black amp White 256 color True Gray Gray 24 bit color Error Diffusion 100 x 100 dpi Yes Yes Yes 150 x 150 dpi Yes Yes Yes 200 x 200 dpi Yes Yes Yes 300 x 300 dpi Yes Yes Yes 400 x 400 dpi Yes Yes Yes 600 x 600 dpi Yes Yes Yes 1200 x 1200 dpi Yes No Yes 2400 x 2400 dpi Yes No Yes 4800 x 4800 dpi Yes No Yes 9600 x 9600 dpi Yes No Yes HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 6 Scan Type Black amp White Set the Scan Type to Black amp White for text or line art Gray Scale Set the Scan Type to Gray Error Diffusion or True Gray
184. ine Super Fine and Photo Ring Delay The number of rings before the MFC answers in FAX mode Ring Volume Volume setting for the MFC s ring Scanning The process of sending an electronic image of a paper document into your computer Search An electronic alphabetical listing of stored One Touch Speed Dial and Group numbers Speed Dial A preprogrammed number for easy dialling You must press the Search Speed Dial key and then and the three digit code to start the dialling process GLOSSARY G 4 Standard resolution 203 x 97 dpi It is used for regular size text and quickest transmission Station ID The stored information that appears on the top of faxed pages It includes the sender s name and fax number Super fine resolution 203 x 391 dpi Best for very small print and line art System Setup List A printed report that shows the current settings of the MFC TAD telephone answering device You can connect an external TAD to the EXT socket of the MFC Temporary Settings You can select certain options for each fax transmission and copy without changing the default settings Tone A form of dialling on the telephone line used for Touch Tone telephones Toner cartridge An accessory that holds toner for the drum unit on Brother laser models Toner Save A process that causes less toner to be affixed to the page to extend the life of the toner assembly This will make the receiving document significantly lighter T
185. ing faxes Select Receive Mode 1 2 Press Menu 0 1 Press gt or to select Fax Only Manual Fax Tel and External TAD and then press Set Storing numbers Storing One Touch Dial numbers 1 2 Press Menu 2 3 1 Press the One Touch key where you want to store the number Enter a number up to 20 digits and then press Set Enter a name up to 15 characters or leave it blank and then press Set Press Stop Exit vi Storing Speed Dial numbers 2 3 5 Press Menu 2 3 2 Enter a three digit Speed Dial number and then press Set Enter a number up to 20 digits and then press Set Enter a name up to 15 characters or leave it blank and then press Set Press Stop Exit Dialling operations One Touch Dialling Speed Dialling 1 2 4 If it is not illuminated in amp B Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press the One Touch key of green press the number you want to call OR Press Search Speed Dial press and then press the three digit Speed Dial number Press Start Using Search 1 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Search Speed Dial vii and then enter the first letter of the name you re looking for 3 4 Press lt or amp io search the memory Press Start Making copies Single copy 1 2 3 Press 2 Copy to illuminate it i
186. ink and a scanning application button for Outlook You can change a default application Right click the appropriate Control Center button to display Configurations and then click it Select a different application For example you can change a scan button from MS Word Pad to MS Word by changing the application that is listed for the Word Processor Microsoft WordPad Scanner Setting Text for OCR fai Modify Settings l Processor Word Processor Microsoft WordPad a Link Settings 14 3 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Scan key operations Scan to File Allows you to scan directly to a file on your computer You can change the file type and directory for the document you are scanning Scan to E mait Allows you scan a picture or text document directly into an E mail application as a standard attachment You can choose the file type and resolution for the attachment Scan to OCR Word Processor Allows you to scan a text document run ScanSoft OmniPage OCR and insert the text document not a graphic image into a word processing file You can choose the word processing application such as Word Pad MS Word and so on Scan to Image Allows you to scan an image directly into any graphic viewer editor application You can choose the graphics application such as Microsoft Paint Copy operations Copy Allows you use the PC and any Windows printer driver for enhanced copy ope
187. into a standard three pin power point which is effectively grounded through the normal household wiring The fact that the equipment operates satisfactorily does not imply that the power is grounded and that the installation is completely safe For your safety if in any doubt about the effective grounding of the power consult a qualified electrician Disconnect device This product must be installed near a socket outlet that is easily accessible In case of emergencies you must disconnect the power cord from the socket outlet in order to shut off power completely IT power system For Norway only This product is also designed for IT power system with phase to phase voltage 230V LAN connection Caution Connect this product to the LAN connection which is not subjected to overvoltages International Enercy Star Compliance Statement The purpose of the International Enerey StaR Program is to promote the development and popularization of energy efficient office equipment As an Enercy Star Partner Brother Industries Ltd has determined that this product meets the Enercy Star guidelines for energy efficiency eres 21 2 IMPORTANT INFORMATION Important safety instructions N OG RODMY 10 11 12 Read all of these instructions Save them for later reference Follow all warnings and instructions marked on the product Switch off before cleaning Do not use liquid or aerosol cleaners Use a damp cloth for clea
188. ion Code Press Set 5 if you want to enter a new Deactivation Code Press Set 6 Press Stop Exit 5 9 SETUP RECEIVE Polling Polling is the process of retrieving faxes from another fax machine You can use your machine to poll other machines or you can have someone poll your machine Everyone who is involved in Polling needs to set up their fax machines for Polling When someone polls your machine to receive a fax they pay for the call If you poll someone s fax machine to receive a fax you pay for the call a Some fax machines do not respond to the Polling feature Secure Polling Secure Polling is a way to keep your documents and others from falling into the wrong hands while the machine is set up for polling You can use Secure Polling only with another Brother fax machine Anyone who polls to receive a fax must enter the polling secure code Setup for Polling Receive Standard Polling Receive is when you call another fax machine to receive a fax from it 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 8 3 Press lt or to select Standard Press Set 4 Enter the fax number you are polling Press Start SETUP RECEIVE 5 10 Setup for Polling Receive with Secure Code You need to make sure you are using the same secure code as the other party 2 3 5 6 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Menu 2 1 8 21 Setup Receive Press or io select 8
189. ions Page Selections 2 Fax 2 Setup Send 1 Contrast Auto Changes the 6 8 Continued In Fax mode Light lightness or darkness only Dark of faxes you send 2 Fax Standard Sets the default 6 9 Resolution Fine resolution for S Fine outgoing faxes Photo 3 Delayed Set the time of dayin 6 20 Fax 24 hour format that the delayed faxes will be sent 4 Batch TX On Combines delayed 6 21 off faxes to the same fax number at the same time of day into one transmission 5 Real Time off You can send a fax 6 11 TX On without using the Next Fax Only Memory 6 Polled TX Standard Sets up the 6 21 Secure document on your MFC to be retrieved by another fax machine 7 Coverpg Next Fax Only Automatically senda 6 14 Setup On Cover Page you off Print Sample have programmed a The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 8 Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer 1 f i OR Menu 7D ZS 1 i i _ _ D gt i to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 2 Fax 2 Setup Send 8 Coverpage You can set up your 6 15 Continued In Faxmode Note own comments for only the fax Cover Page Continued 9 0verseas on Adjusts for overseas 6 19 Mode off transmissions which can sometimes cause problems 0 Glass Fax A4 Letter Adjusts the s
190. is now complete USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 17 25 How to view the received faxes Faxes that are received into the PC will appear in the Fax Console Click Start point to All Programs Accessories Communications Fax and then click Fax Console to open the Fax Console In the left pane expand the Fax folder if it is not already expanded Fax Console File Edit View Tools Help ERSTE EJ a E Fax D Start Time TSID Caller ID amp 3 Incoming 10 11 2003 9 58 32 PM G Inbox 23 Outbox E Sent Items For Help press F1 The Fax folder contains the following folders The Incoming folder contains faxes that are currently being received The Inbox folder contains faxes that have been received The Outbox folder contains faxes that are scheduled to be sent The Sent Items folder contains faxes that have been successfully sent 17 26 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Using your MFC with a Macintosh Setting up your USB equipped Apple Macintosh ae E Before you can connect the MFC to your Macintosh you must buy a USB cable that is not longer than 1 8 metres Do not connect the MFC to a USB port on a key board or a non powered USB hub m Some descriptions in this chapter are based on the MFC 8840D These descriptions also apply to the MFC 8440 The features supported by the MFC will depend on the operating system you are using The chart below shows which features are supported
191. k local address range 2 Setup 1 Mail 60 characters Enter the mail Internet Address address 2 SMTP Server 000 255 000 Enter the SMTP 255 000 255 server address See 000 255 Network 3 POP3 Server 000 255 000 Enter the POP3 an 255 000 255 server address 000 255 aris CD ROM 4 Mailbox up to 20 Enter the mail box Name characters name 5 Mailbox Pwd Password Enter the password to login to the POP3 server 3 Setup Mail 1 Auto on Automatically checks RX Polling Off the POPS server for new messages 2 Poll 10Min Sets the interval for Frequency checking for new messages on the POPS server a The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 14 Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer Menu wo OR gt gt SS 9 6 S9 ES9 Stop Exit to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 6 LAN 3 Setup Mail 3 Header All Selects the contents option RX Subject From To Of the mail header to Continued Continued None be printed 4 Del Error On Deletes error mails Mail off automatically 5 Notification On Sends notification MDN messages off 4 Setup Mail 1 Sender Displays the subject See TX Subject thatis attached to the Network Internet Fax data User s 2 Size Limit On Limits the size of Guide off E mail
192. kewed printout or a jam 6 Press and slide the paper width guide to fit the envelope size e When you put envelopes in the MP tray please remember the following E During printing the inside tray rises to feed envelopes into the MFC E The side to be printed on must be face up m Put the leading edge top of the envelope in first and push it gently into the tray 7 Send the print data to the MFC 8 After you finish the print job close the back output tray 11 16 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER Printer operation keys Job Cancel You can clear data from the memory Print f Secure Job Cancel Secure key Secured data is protected by a password Only those people that know the password will be able to print the data The MFC will not print secure data until the password is entered After the document is printed the data will be cleared from the memory To use this function you need to set your password in the printer driver dialog box See Device Options on page 12 11 ae The Secure Key function is not available when using the Brother BR Script driver 7 Press Secure OR The LCD displays No Data if there is no secured data in the memory 2 Press lt or to select the secuime Prnt user name User Press Set The LCD displaysjob Anoy selections 3 Press lt or to select the job Press Set The LCD prompts you to enter your four digit password USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 11 1
193. l R key press is programmed into GETTING STARTED 4 5 General Setup Setting the Mode Timer The MFC has three temporary mode keys on the control panel Fax Copy and Scan You can change the number of seconds or minutes the MFC takes after the last Copy or Scan operation before it returns to Fax mode If you select of f the MFC stays in the mode you used last 7 Press Menu 1 1 11 Mode Timer 2 Press lt or to select a 0 Sec i 30 Secs 0 Sec 30 Secs 1 Min 2 Mins v L Min 5 Mins or off 3 Press Set 4 6 GETTING STARTED Setting the Paper Type To get the best print quality set the MFC for the type of paper you are using For MFC 8440 1 Press Menu 1 2 OR If you have the optional paper tray press Menu 1 2 1 to set the 12 Paper Type A Plain Thick v Thicker Select AV amp Set 12 Paper Type 1 Tray 1 2 Tray 2 Select AV amp Set 12 Paper Type 1 MP Tray 2 Tray 1 3 Tray 2 If you have the optional eTA tray press Menu 1 2 3 to set paper type for Tray 1 or Menu 1 2 2 to set the paper type for Tea ao 2 Press lt or to select Thin Plain Thick Thicker or Transparency 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit For MFC 8840D 7 Press Menu 1 2 1 to set the paper type for MP Tray OR Press Menu 1 2 2 to set the paper type for Tray 1 OR the paper ty
194. l streaks on your copies Either the scanner or the primary corona wire for printing is dirty Clean them both See Cleaning the scanner on page 22 24 and Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 22 13 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE DIFFICULTY SUGGESTIONS Printer Difficulties The MFC does not print Check the following e The MFC is plugged in and the power switch turned On See the Quick Setup Guide e The toner cartridge and drum unit are installed properly See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 e The interface cable is securely connected between the MFC and computer See the Quick Setup Guide e Check to see if LCD is showing an error message See Error messages on page 22 1 The MFC prints unexpectedly or it prints garbage Reset the MFC or turn it off and then on again Check the primary settings in your application software to make sure it is set up to work with your MFC The MFC prints first couple of pages correctly then some pages have text missing Your computer is not recognizing the printer s input buffer full signal Please make sure to connect the MFC cable correctly The MFC cannot print full pages of a document Out of Memory message occurs Reduce the printing resolution Reduce the complexity of your document and try again Reduce the graphic quality or the number of font sizes within your application software My headers or footers appear wh
195. l the paper tray completely out of the MFC 2 Pullthe jammed paper up and out of the MFC u 3 Press the cover release button and then open the front cover 4 Pull out the drum unit assembly Pull the jammed paper up and out of the MFC If you cannot remove the drum unit assembly easily at this time do not use extra force Instead pull the edge of the jammed paper from the paper tray 22 7 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE A WARNING To prevent damage to the MFC caused by static electricity do not touch the electrodes shown in the following diagram 5 Open the back output tray Pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit If the paper jam can be cleared go to Step 7 WF ae If you have to pull the paper toward the back of the MFC the fuser may get dirty with toner powder and it may scatter on the next printouts Print a few copies of the test page until the scattering of toner stops TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 8 A WARNING After you have just used the MFC some internal parts of the MFC are extremely HOT Wait for the MFC to cool down before you touch the internal parts of the MFC Back view 6 Open the jam clear cover fuser cover Pull the jammed paper out of the fuser unit Jam Clear Cover Fuser Cover 7 Close the jam clear cover Close the back output tray 22 9 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 8 Push the
196. le See Setting the Emulation Selection on page 11 18 The PS driver does not support the following functions mM HQ 1200 E Secure Print E PC Fax Sending 18 6 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 2 Users 1 For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 04 Users Open the Apple Extras folder Open the Apple LaserWriter Software folder For Mac OS 9 1 to 9 2 Users Open the Applications Mac OS 9 folder Open the Utilities folder O a Macintosh BD HA AppleScript Firewire Font Extras Mac 0S Runtime For Java Map Control Panel The screens are based on Mac OS 9 04 2 Open the Desktop Printer Utility icon fe Apple LaserWriter Software Desktop Printer Utility USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 7 3 Select Printer USB and then click OK New Desktop Printer With LaserWriter 8 Create Desktop Printer AppleTalk a Printer LPR Printer no printer connection Printer USB Translator PostScript Create desktop printer for printer using USB connection cancer C 4 Click Change in the PostScript Printer Description PPD file Select Brother MFC 8840D and then click Select o Untitled 1 B PostScript Printer Description PPD File Auto Setup Senario r USB Printer Selection Desktop Printer Usage Print to printer lt lt unspecified gt gt
197. ll Sign The machine is set BT Call Sign to ON You Set BT Call Sign to OFF See BT On cannot change the ReceiveMode from Call Sign For U K Only on page Manual to another mode 5 14 Change Drum The drum unit is near the end of its life Use the drum unit until you have a Soon print quality problem then replace the drum unit with a new one The drum counter was not reset 1 Open the front cover and then press Clear Back 2 Press 1 to reset Check The documents were not inserted or fed See Document jams on page 22 5 Original properly or document scanned from ADF was longer than about 90cm Check Paper The MFC is out of paper or paper is not Refill the paper in the paper tray or Check Paper 1 properly loaded in the paper tray MP tray Check Paper 2 OR Remove the paper and load it again Check Paper MP Paper in the MP tray runs out Reload paper See To load paper or other media in the multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8840D on page 2 9 22 1 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE ERROR MESSAGES ERROR MESSAGE CAUSE ACTION Check Paper Size When you see this error the paper in the paper tray does not match the paper size you set in Menu 1 3 Load the appropriate size paper or change the default setting See Setting the Mode Timer on page 4 6 Check Scan Lock The scanner lock is locked Release the scanner lock lever and then
198. ll Uninstall tab Select Brother Extensions for Paperport and click the Add Remove button Select PaperPort 8 0 SE from the list and click the Add Remove button For Windows 2000 Professional Select Start Settings Control Panel and Add Remove Programs Select Brother Extensions for Paperport and click the Change Remove button Select PaperPort 8 0 SE from the list and click the Change button For Windows XP Select Start Control Panel Add or Remove Programs and the Change or Remove Programs icon Select PaperPort 8 0 SE from the list and click the Change button HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 24 Using the Brother Control Center For Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 A If you are using Windows 2000 Professional or Windows NT 4 0 we recommend that you are logged on with administrator rights Brother MFL Pro Control Center The Brother Control Center is a software utility that pops up on the PC screen whenever paper is put in the ADF of the MFC This allows you to quickly and with very few mouse clicks to access the most frequently used scanning applications Using the Control Center stops the need to manually startup any specific applications The Brother Control Center provides three operations Scan Copy and PC Fax Scan directly to a file E mail word processor or graphic application of your choice E Copy m PC Faxing using the Brother PC FAX software
199. m and software applications m The screens shown in this section are from Windows XP The screens on your Computer may vary depending on your Windows Operating System m Some descriptions in this chapter are based on the MFC 8840D These descriptions also apply to the MFC 8440 12 1 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Features in the Brother Native Driver The Brother Native driver is a printer driver developed exclusively by Brother This driver includes more features than the Microsoft Windows Universal printer driver Basic tab Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support Ad Paper Size 210 x 297 mm 1 Multiple Page Normal 1 Orientation Portrait O Landscape Copies 2 Media Type Paper Source Fist Page AutoSelect w 3 Other Pages Same as First page OK Cancel Help Select the Paper Size Multiple Page Border Line if any and Orientation 2 Select number of Copies and Media Type 3 Select Paper Source First Page and Other Pages Auto Select allows the printer driver to select a suitable tray for Paper Size automatically You can set the paper size for each tray in the Accessories tab See Accessories tab on page 12 14 4 To return to the default settings click the Default button PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 2 Paper Size From the drop down box select the Paper Size you are using Multiple Page The Multiple Page selection can reduce the image size of a pa
200. mage Scan To OCR Brother MFC 8840D To configure the Scan to File feature left click on the Scan to File button and the following screen will appear Scan to File Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Application j x Format PaperPort Image Item max Folder PaperPort C Other Folder C Documents and Settings Administrator My Documents M Browse Select the file type for the saved image by selecting from the Format pull down list You can save the file to the default PaperPort folder so the file appears in PaperPort or you can select another folder directory by clicking the Browse button USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 7 Scan to Image SmartUI Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Restore Scan To File Scan To OCR Brother MFC 8840D To configure the Scan to Image feature left click on the Scan to Image button and the following screen will appear You can change the configuration which includes the destination image format or document application Scan to Image ScanAction Configuration Scan Settings Application X a Microsoft WordPad Notepad Outlook Express Mi Format fi 7 Folder 15 8 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER To change the default settings of the scan click on the Scan Settings tab Scan t
201. mail server settings if you use Scan to E mail E mail server See Using Brother PC FAX software on page 17 1 Note The items described in this chapter are specific items relating to the Network version of PC FAX software that is installed from the Optional network applications on the CD ROM supplied with your MFC Brother Network PC FAX can be configured through PC FAX Setup Sending tab 20 1 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Sending setup In order to use the full functionality of Network PC FAX it is strongly recommended that you enable the Network PC FAX Setup option on the Sending tab Brother PC FAX Setup 1 Access the Sending Tab from the PC FAX dialog box by clicking amp OR From the Start menu select All programs Brother MFL Pro Suite MFC 8840D and then select PC FAX Setup 2 Check Enable box Brother PC FAX Setup User Information Sending Speed Dial Facsimile style only Dial Setting Outside line access Header IV Include header The location of the address book can be changed from the PC FAX Setup window This can be accessed from the main PC FAX transmission screen User interface C Simple style Facsimile style Cancel This software can be used in a network environment and with a locally connected machine It is important that when used in a network environment the Network PC Fax is set to enable BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE 20 2 Extra options in Address Book
202. mbers for this Group 6 Use the dial pad and the chart on page 4 3 to enter a name for the Group Press Set For example NEW CLIENTS 7 Press Stop Exit ae You can print a list of all One Touch and Speed Dial numbers See Printing reports on page 9 3 Group numbers will be marked in the column of GROUP AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 7 6 Dialling options g When you dial using an auto dial number the LCD shows the name and fax number you ve stored Search You can search for names you have stored in the One Touch and Speed Dial memory See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 and Storing Speed Dial numbers on page 7 3 1 2 4 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Search Speed Dial Press or 9 To search alphabetically through the names that are stored enter the first letter of the name you re looking for and press lt gt or gt OR Press or p To search for numbers numerically press lt gt or When the LCD shows the name you want to call Press Start One Touch Dialling 1 If it is not illuminated in green press B Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press the One Touch key of the location you want to call Press Start 7 7 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS Speed Dialling 7 If itis
203. messages on page 8 6 3 Erase faxes from the If you hear one long beep you can erase fax memory messages from the memory 97 Check the receiving status 1 Fax You can check whether your MFC has received any faxes If it has you will hear one long beep If it hasn t you will hear three short beeps 98 Change the Receive Mode 1 External TAD If you hear one long beep you can change 2 Fax Tel the Receive Mode 3 Fax Only 90 Exit After a long beep you can exit Remote Retrieval 8 5 REMOTE FAX OPTIONS Retrieving fax messages 1 2 g 5 Dial your fax number When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by If you hear one long beep you have messages As soon as you hear two short beeps use the dial pad to press 962 Wait for the long beep and then use the dial pad to enter the number of the remote fax machine where you want your fax messages sent to followed by up to 20 digits You cannot use and as dial numbers However press if you want to store a pause Hang up after you hear your MFC beep Your MFC will call the other machine which will then print your fax messages Changing your Fax Forwarding number You can change the default setting of your fax forwarding number from another telephone or fax machine using Touch Tone 1 2 g 5 Dial your fax number When your MFC answers immediately enter your Remote Access Code 3 digits followed by
204. mode in the Advanced tab make sure that Use Duplex Unit has been selected and then click the OK button See Duplex Printing on page 12 6 The printer will print on both sides of the paper automatically m When you select Use Duplex Unit HQ1200 is not available If you also want to use Duplex Printing for fax and copy operations see To use Automatic Duplexing for fax copy and print operations For MFC 8840D on page 2 11 USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 11 3 Manual Duplex Printing The MFC prints all the even numbered pages on one side of the paper first Then the Windows driver instructs you with a pop up message to reinsert the paper Before reinserting the paper straighten it well or you may get a paper jam Very thin or very thick paper is not recommended We recommend 75 to 90 g m paper 11 4 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER Face down output tray The MFC ejects paper with printed surfaces face down into the output tray in the front of the MFC Unfold the support flap to support the printed pages ae When printing transparencies remove each one from the support flap after it exits the MFC with Extension Printing on plain paper The manual feed tray For MFC 8440 ev The MFC automatically turns on the Manual Feed mode when you put paper in the manual feed tray Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source M
205. multiple copies using the scanner glass You can make multiple copies using the scanner glass Multiple copies will be stacked all copies of page 1 then all copies of page 2 and so on Use the Temporary Copy keys to choose more settings See Using the Copy keys Temporary settings on page 10 6 7 Press 2 Copy to illuminate it in green Lift the Document Cover Place the documents Face Down on the Scanner Glass Document Guidelines orf NS ST an 2 Using the document guidelines on the left center the document face down on the scanner glass and close the document cover 3 Using the dial pad enter the number of copies you want up to 99 For example press 3 8 for 38 copies 4 Press Start The MFC will start scanning the document e If you want to sort multiple copies use the ADF See Making a single copy from the ADF on page 10 3 10 4 MAKING COPIES Out of Memory message If the Out of Memory message appears press Stop Exit to cancel or press Start to copy scanned pages Guit Press Stop You will need to clear some jobs from the memory before you can continue Out of Memory Copy Press Start A To gain extra memory you can turn off Fax Storage See Setting Fax Storage on page 8 2 OR Print the faxes that are in the memory See Printing a fax from the memory on page 5 7 When you get an Out of Memory message you may be able to make copies if you first prin
206. n scanning See Settings in the Scanner window on page 13 6 3 Click the Start button in the scanner window When scanning is completed click Cancel to return to the PaperPort window 13 3 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS Pre Scanning to crop a portion you want to scan The PreScan button is used to preview an image for cropping any unwanted areas from the image When you are satisfied with the preview click the Start button in the scanner window to scan the image Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Scanning area 2 Select the settings for Image Type Resolution Scan Type Brightness and Contrast as needed 3 Inthe Brother MFC 8840D Brother MFC 8840D USB or Brother MFC 8840D LAN Scanner Setup dialog box click the PreScan button The entire document will be scanned into the PC and will appear in the Scanning Area Scanning area HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 4 4 Select the portion you want to scan by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it ee You can enlarge the portion you selected by pressing al to check it If you want to select the different portion use Qj to undo the image If you have used the ADF in Step 1 please place the document face up in the ADF again 6 Click Start This time only the selected area of the document will appear in the PaperPort window or your software application window 7 Inthe PaperPort w
207. n Long Edge None Page Order Front to Back Back to Front Pages Per Sheet 1 Booklet For MFC 8840D For Windows 2000 XP You can print a booklet by selecting Booklet from Pages Per Sheet list PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 20 Paper Quality tab A If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Paper Quality tab by clicking Printing Preferences in the General tab of the Brother BR Script3 Properties screen Select the Paper Source amp Printing Preferences Layout Paper Quality Tray Selection Paper Source Automatically Select Automatically Select Manual Feed 12 21 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Advanced Options e If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Advanced Options tab by clicking Advanced button in the Layout tab or the Paper Quality tab Brother MFC 8840D BR Script3 Adyanced Options X E Letter ba Copy Count 1 Copy Print Quality 600dpi 2 Scaling 100 TrueType Font Substitute with Device Font Document Options Advanced Printing Features Enabled 4 EA PostScript Options B A Printer Features Media Type Plain Paper 3 Toner Save Off BR Script Level 3 Select the Paper Size and Copy Count 2 Set the Print Quality Scaling and TrueType Font setting 3 Youcan change settings by selecting the setting in the Printer Features list E Medi
208. n green Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Start Sorting multiple copies Using the ADF 1 2 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF Use the dial pad to enter the number of copies you want up to 99 Press Sort Sort fh icon appears on the LCD Press Start Table of Contents f IniroduUC ON scorse aaa 1 1 USING MIS GUJE isisisi iardain aaa 1 1 Finding information cccceececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceeeeeeeeee 1 1 Symbols used in this Guide ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 1 1 MFC part names and operations ccccceeeeeeees 1 2 Control panel OVErVieW cccceeeeeecteee este eeeeeeetetaeeeeeeeeees 1 5 Status LED indications 0 0 cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeee 1 10 About fax MACHINES c cece eeeeee eects eeeeeeeeeeeenaeeeeaes 1 12 Fax tones and handshake c cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeneees 1 12 ECM Error Correction Mode 1 13 Connecting the MFC ccccccceeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeseaeeneeeees 1 14 Connecting an external telephone 1 14 Connecting an external telephone answering device TAD aissis asnes 1 15 SEJUEMCE svccerce bese teddecrvetendedece de tateel ete aa 1 15 CONNMCCHONS iiron a E 1 16 Recording outgoing message OGM on an external TAD ssssesesrrrsserernesensnnesrrennenennna 1 17 Using extension telephones For U K only 1 18 Multi line connections PBX
209. n or exits from the menu start QO Start Lets you start sending faxes making copies or scanning INTRODUCTION 1 9 Status LED indications The Status LED Light Emitting Diode will flash and change color depending on the MFC status i The LED indications shown in the table below are used in the illustrations in this chapter LED LED status LED is off O eS LED is on Green Yellow Red gt a 4 LED is blinking 8 8 Green Yellow Red LED MFC status Description Sleep Mode The power switch is off or the MFC is in Sleep mode or Power save mode zig Warming Up The MFC is warming up for printing 0 Green Ready The MFC is ready to print Green si Receiving Data The MFC is either receiving data from the 8 computer processing data in memory or Yellow printing data Data Remaining in Print data remains in the MFC memory Memory Yellow 1 10 INTRODUCTION LED MFC status Description Red Service error Follow the steps below 1 Turn off the power switch 2 Wait a few seconds and then turn it back on and try to print again If you cannot clear the error and see the same service call indication after turning the MFC back on call your dealer or Brother authorized service center Red Cover open The cover is open Close the cover See Error messages on page 22 1 Toner empty
210. n press Start to try again If you want to make a second call to the last number dialled you can save time by pressing Redial Pause and Start Redial Pause only works if you dialled from the control panel If you are sending a fax automatically and the line is busy the MFC will automatically redial up to three times at five minutes intervals 6 9 SETUP SEND Dual Access You can dial a number and begin scanning the fax into memory even when the MFC is receiving sending or printing a fax from memory The LCD shows the new job number e If you geta Out of Memory message while scanning the first page of a fax press Stop Exit to cancel scanning If you get a Out of Memory message while scanning a subsequent page you can press Start to send the pages scanned so far or press Stop Exit to cancel the operation If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Enter the fax number Press Start to send the fax The MFC starts scanning the first page and the LCD shows the job number XXX of the fax You can repeat Steps 1 to 3 for the next fax OR If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 4 To send a single page Flatbed Fax press 2 or press Start again Next Page The MFC starts sending the a err document OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 5 Place the next page on the Flatbed Fax scanner
211. nd the pages scanned so far or to press Stop Exit to cancel the operation Manual transmission Manual transmission lets you hear the dialling ringing and fax receiving tones while sending a fax 7 If itis not illuminated in green press amp Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Pick up the handset of the external phone and listen for a dial tone On the external phone dial the fax number you want to call When you hear the fax tone press Start If you are using the ADF go to Step 6 Sang or Receive If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 5 AQ A 1 Send v 2 Receive 5 Press 1 to send a fax 6 Replace the handset of the external phone 6 5 SETUP SEND Automatic transmission This is the easiest way to send a fax 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Enter the fax number using the dial pad One Touch Speed Dial or Search See One Touch Dialling on page 7 7 and Speed Dialling on page 7 8 3 Press Start 4 it you are using the scanner glass press 2 or Start Sending a fax at the end of a conversation At the end of a conversation you can send a fax to the other party before you both hang up Ask the other party to wait for fax tones beeps and then to press Start before hanging up 2 If it is not illuminated in green press Z Fax Place th
212. nd transfer time but produce a finer scanned image Brother MFLPro Scanner 100 x 100 dpi Image 150 x 150 dpi 13 _ Scanning Area Resolution K RU EP i naa 300x 300 dpi i Color Type 400x 400 dpi Scanning Areq 600 x 600 dpi 1200 x 1200 dpi 1 Width 210 2400x 2400 dpi foe 4800 x 4800 dpi Height 297 9600x 9600 dpi Unit mm inch zn USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 23 Color Type Black amp White Set the image Type to Black and White for text or line art For photographic images set the image type to Gray Error diffusion or True Gray Gray Error Diffusion is used for documents with photographic images or graphics Error Diffusion is a method for creating simulated gray images by placing black dots instead of the true gray dots in a specific matrix instead of true gray dots True Gray is used for documents with photographic images or graphics This mode is more exact because it uses up to 256 shades of gray It requires the most memory and takes the longest transfer time Colors Choose either 8 bit Color which scans up to 8 bit Color or 24 bit color which scans up to 16 8 million colors Although using 24 bit color creates an image with the most accurate colors the image file will be about three times larger than a file created with 8 bit Color Brother MFLPro Scanner
213. ner Setup dialog box Resolution Color Type Scanning Area Brightness Contrast 3 Click Start When scanning has finished the image will appear in your graphics application USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 21 Pre Scanning an image Pre Scanning allows you to scan an image quickly at a low resolution A thumbnail version will appear in the Scanning Area This is only a preview of the image so you can see how it will look The PreScan button will allow you to crop unwanted areas from the images When you are satisfied with the preview click Start to scan the image 7 Insert the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Click PreScan The whole image will be scanned into your Macintosh and will appear in the Scanning Area of the Scanner dialog box 3 Toscana portion of the prescanned image click and drag the mouse to crop it Scanning Area 4 insert document in the ADF if you are using ADF 5 Make your adjustments to the settings for Resolution Color Type Gray Scale Brightness Contrast and Size in the Scanner Setup dialog box 6 Click Start This time only the cropped area of the document will appear in the Scanning Area 7 In your editing software you can refine the image 18 22 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Settings in the Scanner window Image Resolution From the Resolution pop up menu choose the scanning resolution Higher resolutions use more memory a
214. nfiguration Copy one to one Scan Settings Color Mode Resolution 100 Paper Size a4 210 x 297 mm Brightness Lighten Contrast 0 Restore Defaults Copy options Cancel In the Scan Settings window you can select the color mode resolution paper size brightness and contrast settings to be used To finish the Copy button configuration you must set the printer driver Click the Copy options button to display the printer driver settings ae The copy options screen will vary depending upon which Brother model you purchased USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 25 Brother MFC 8840D Printing Properties Basic Advanced Support Letter Paper Size 8 x11in Multiple Page Orientation Portrait O Landscape Copies EI Copi 1 8 Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source First Page Auto Select Other Pages Same as First page OK Cancel Help Select the number of Pages Per Sheet from the Scaling selections As an example to configure the section Copy button to copy two pages to one you must select 2 in 1 A You must configure each of the copy buttons before they can be used Brother MFC 8840D Printing Properties Basic Advanced Support Ad Paper Size 210 x 297 mm 1 Multiple Page Border Line Orientation Portrait O Landscape Copies 1 EJ Media Type Plain Paper Paper Source Eirst Page Aut
215. nfiguration changes you requested I Please wait while Setup configures the components This may take TE several minutes depending on the components selected Status Copying files COCO USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE_ 17 21 3 A Fax icon will then appear in the Printers and Faxes folder If the Fax icon does not appear click Install a local fax printer in the Printer Tasks menu Printers and Faxes DER File Edit View Favorites Tools Help ay J gt amp P Search Folders E Address Printers and Faxes B o a o Printer Tasks Sa gt lt j Fax Brother a Add a printer MFC 8840D Senda fax 4 Select the Start All Programs Accessories Communications Fax Fax Console A If you have not configured your fax connection the following screen will be displayed Enter your details ensuring you specify the outside line access number if necessary and click OK Select the My location radio button if it is not selected and then click OK 5 The Fax Configuration Wizard starts Click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Welcome to Fax Configuration Wizard This wazand helps you configure your computer to send and receive faxes To continue chek the Next button 17 22 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE 6 Enter the sender information and then click Next Fax Configuration Wizard Sender Information Enter sender information that will appear on fax cover pages Your full name Faxnumb
216. ng the optional memory board make sure there are no faxes in the memory Disconnect the telephone line cord turn the MFC power switch off unplug the MFC power cord from the AC outlet and then disconnect the interface cable A WARNING Turn the MFC power switch off before installing or removing the memory board 23 2 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 2 Remove the side cover Loosen the two screws and then remove the metal shield plate 3 Unpack the DIMM and hold it by the edges Ay WARNING DIMM boards can be damaged by even a small amount of static electricity Do not touch the memory chips or the board surface Wear an antistatic wrist strap when you install or remove the board If you do not have an antistatic wrist strap frequently touch the bare metal on the printer 4 Hold the DIMM with your fingers on the side edges and your thumb on the back edge Line up the notches on the DIMM with the DIMM slot Check that the locks on each side of the DIMM slot are open or facing outwards OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 3 5 Press the DIMM straight into the slot press firmly Make sure the locks on each side of the DIMM click into place To remove a DIMM you must release the locks 6 Putthe metal plate back on and secure the metal plate with the two screws 7 Put the side cover back on 8 Reconnect the telephone line cord 9 Reconnect any additional interface cables that you removed
217. nge the setting press Setting E If the halftone cannot be printed correctly check Improve gray printing Duplex Printing Choosing the Duplex Printing icon displays the Duplex features available amp Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support Sat 4h Sy Buples Use Duplex Unit O Manual Duplex N Duplex Type Flip on Left Edge l O Flip on Right Edge O Flip on Top Edge O Flip on Bottom Edge O Flip on Top Edge No Reverse O Filip on Bottom Edge No Reverse Binding Offset PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 6 Use Duplex Unit For MFC 8840D Check the Duplex box and then select Use Duplex Unit In this mode the MFC prints on both sides of the paper automatically Manual Duplex Check the Duplex box and then select Manual Duplex In this mode the MFC prints all the even numbered pages first Then the printer driver stops and shows the instructions required to re install the paper When you click OK the odd numbered pages are printed Duplex Type You can select Duplex Type There are six types of duplex directions available for each orientation al Flip on Left Edge ak H Flip on Right Edge 4 i wi Flip on Top Edge Flip on Bottom Edge E Flip on Top Edge No Reverse Flip on Bottom Edge No Reverse amp Binding Offset Check the Binding Offset option you can specify the offset value of the binding sid
218. ning Do not use this product near water Do not place this product on an unstable cart stand or table The product may fall causing serious damage to the product Slots and openings in the cabinet and the back or bottom are provided for ventilation to ensure reliable operation of the product and to protect it from overheating these openings must not be blocked or covered The openings should never be blocked by placing the product on a bed sofa rug or other similar surface This product should never be placed near or over a radiator or heater This product should never be placed in a built in installation unless proper ventilation is provided This product should be operated from the type of power source indicated on the label If you are not sure of the type of power available call your dealer or local power company Use only the power cord supplied with this MFC This product is equipped with a 3 wire grounded plug a plug having a third grounded pin This plug will only fit into a grounded power outlet This is a safety feature If you are unable to insert the plug into the outlet call your electrician to replace your obsolete outlet Do not defeat the purpose of the grounded plug Do not allow anything to rest on the power cord Do not place this product where people can walk on the cord Do not place anything in front of the MFC that will block received faxes Do not place anything in the path of received faxes Wait unt
219. ns Page Selections 1 General 1 Mode Timer 0 Sec Sets how long the 4 6 Setup 30 Sec MFC will stay in Copy 1 Min or Scan mode before 2 Mins returning to Fax 6 Mins mode off 2 Paper Type 1 MP Tray Thin Sets the type of 4 7 MFC 8840D Plain paper in the Thick Multi purpose tray Thicker Transparency 2 Tray 1 Thin Sets the type of 4 7 For Plain paper in paper tray MFC 8440 this Thick 1 menu doesn t Thicker appear Transparency 3 Tray 2 Thin Sets the type of 4 7 option Plain paper in paper tray Thick 2 Thicker Transparency 3 Paper Size 1 Tray 1 A4 Sets the size of paper 4 8 This menu Letter in paper tray 1 only appears if Legal you ahs the Executive optional tray a 2 3 A6 B5 B6 a The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 4 Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer 1 i OR l gt gt AA 809 009 A i mA _ D gt i to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 1 General 3 Paper Size 2 Tray 2 A4 Sets the size of paper 4 8 Setup Continued option Letter in paper tray 2 Continued Legal Executive A5 B5 B6 4 Volume 1 Ring High Adjusts the ring 4 9 Med volume Low Off 2 Beeper High Adjusts the volume 4 9 Med level of the beeper Low Off 3 Speaker High Adjusts the speaker 4 10 Med volume Low Off
220. nter the fax number 7 Press Start to send the fax a In Real Time Transmission using the scanner glass the auto redial function doesn t work Checking job status Check which jobs are still waiting in the memory to be sent If there are no jobs the LCD shows No Jobs Waiting 1 Press Menu 2 6 26 Remaining Jobs 2 If you have more than one job a ee F waiting press or to v 003 17 30 ABCDEF scroll through the list 3 Press Stop Exit Cancelling a job while scanning the document You can cancel a job while you are scanning it into memory by pressing Stop Exit SETUP SEND 6 12 Cancelling a scheduled job You can cancel a fax job that is stored and waiting in memory 1 Press Menu 2 6 26 Remaining Jobs Any jobs that are waiting will A OS BROTHE 002 15 00 BIC appear on the LCD Y 003 17 30 ABCDEF 2 If you have more than two jobs waiting press lt gt or to select the job you want to cancel Press Set OR If you only have one job waiting go to Step 3 3 Press 1 to cancel OR Press 2 to exit without cancelling To cancel another job go to Step 2 4 Press Stop Exit 6 13 SETUP SEND Advanced sending operations Composing the electronic Cover Page The Cover Page is created at the receiving machine Your Cover Page includes the name stored in the One Touch or Speed Dial memory If you re dialling manually the name is
221. o Image Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode 24 bit Color Resolution 200 Paper Size 44 210 x 297 mm Brightness Darken Lighten Contrast 0 Restore Defaults You can set the Color Mode to Black amp White 8 bit Gray or 24 bit Color The resolution can be changed from 100 to 1200 dpi You can define the size of the paper you re using and you can adjust the brightness and contrast of the image before scanning USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 9 Scan to OCR SmartUI Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Scan To File Scan To Image Restore Brother MFC 8840D To configure the Scan to OCR feature left click on the Scan to OCR button and the following screen will appear You can change the configuration which includes the destination applications Scan to OCR Scanaction Configuration Scan Settings Application Microsoft WordPad Link Preferences 15 10 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER You have the option to send your scan as a different file type You can select the application from the File Type window according to your needs Send To Options Microsoft WordPad Program Links Send Image Item As File type Windows Write wri ISO Text tet ASCII Smart tet ASCII Std tet Convert Ima Excel 5 0 xls OCR HTM
222. o Select Other Pages Same as First page I C ma ox Cancer Help 15 26 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Fax setting PC Fax using the Brother Fax Driver The MFC includes a PC Fax driver which allows any Windows Application to send a Fax as simply as printing a document The Brother SmartUI automatically configures the Fax button to use the Brother PC FAX driver no user configuration is required The Scan Action tab is set to Application and should not be changed Scan to Fax Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type To change the PC FAX settings click the Link Preferences button found in the Configuration tab Scan to Fax ScanAction Configuration Scan Settings Application Brother PC FAX Link Preferences Format Folder e c USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 27 FAX settings Brother PC FAX Send To Options Brother PC FAX Program Links IV Automatic page orientation Fax printer driver Brother PC FAX on BMFC Setup IV Include icon on Send To bar Cancel Help To change the driver settings click on the Setup button Select the Paper Size Paper Source If you need more customized setup click on the Options button Print Setup Orientation Paper A Sie qJ ee Automatic Source Auto Select X Options Brother PC FAX Proper
223. ocument into the PC eee 13 11 Scanning a document using the ADF 13 11 Pre Scanning to crop a portion you want to scan using the scanner glass eeeeee 13 13 Brother Scanner Utility 2 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 13 15 Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable users c ce eeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeececaeeeteaeeseeaeeetiaaeeeeaes 13 16 Scan to E Mail iii saiiciiniinelainiiinin tek 13 17 SCAN tO IMAGE 0c cece e cee eeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaaeeeeaes 13 17 Sean to QCR vienna aiden 13 18 Scan tO File see eeccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeaeeeeceeeeaaeeeeaes 13 18 Using ScanSoft PaperPort and OmniPage OCR 13 19 Viewing itemS 00 eeeeeeee eee eeeaaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeaaaes 13 20 Organizing your items in folders c ceeeeee 13 21 Quick links to other applications cceeee 13 21 ScanSoft OmniPage OCR lets you convert image text into text you can edit eee 13 22 You can Import items from other applications 13 23 You can Export items in other formats 066 13 23 Exporting an image file ccceeeeeeeeeesteeeeeeee 13 23 How to Uninstall PaperPort and ScanSoft OMI AGE sya tescens paces sontisaiisonel altaremoisnteaeinaistaaes 13 24 xiv Using the Brother Control Center sssseeeeeesseerees 14 1 Brother MFL Pro Control Center 14 1 AutoLoad the Brother Control Center 008 14 2 How to turn off AutoLoad s es 14 2
224. ode if you are using a telephone answering device TAD Fine resolution Resolution is 203 x 196 dpi It is used for small print and graphs Gray scale The shades of gray available for copying and faxing photographs Group number A combination of One Touch Speed Dial numbers that are stored as a Speed Dial number for Broadcasting Help list A printout of the complete Menu that you can use to program your MFC when you do not have the User s Guide with you Journal Lists information about the last 200 incoming and outgoing faxes TX means Transmit RX means Receive Journal Period The preprogrammed time period between automatically printed Journal Reports You can print Journal on demand without interrupting this cycle LCD liquid crystal display The display screen on the MFC that shows interactive messages during On Screen Programming and shows the date and time when the MFC is idle Manual fax When you lift the handset of your external telephone or press Tel R so you can hear the receiving fax machine answer before you press Start to begin transmission Menu mode Programming mode for changing your MFC s settings MFL Pro Suite Turns your MFC into a printer and a scanner and enables PC faxing using the MFC OCR optical character recognition The bundled ScanSoft OmniPage software application converts an image of text to text you can edit One Touch Keys on the MFC control panel where you can store numbers for easy
225. of the MFC put in the next sheet of paper as in Step 4 above Repeat for each page that you want to print 7 When you have finished the print job close the back output tray Caution Remove each sheet immediately after printing Stacking the sheets may cause a paper jam or the paper to curl USING THE MFC ASA PRINTER 11 9 The multi purpose tray MP tray For MFC 8840D Select the Paper Size Media Type Paper Source and other settings in the printer driver Media Type Thick paper or Thicker paper Paper Source MP Tray 2 Open the back output tray and then pull out the face up output tray support if necessary 3 Open the MP tray and lower it gently 4 Pull out the MP tray support flap 5 When putting paper in the MP tray make sure it touches the back of the tray ae Make sure that the paper is straight and in the proper position in the MP tray If it is not the paper may not be fed properly resulting in a skewed printout or a paper jam 11 10 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER 6 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the paper guide to fit the paper size ae When you put paper in the MP tray please remember the following E During printing the inside tray rises to feed paper into the MFC E The side to be printed on must be face up Put the leading edge top of the paper in first and push it gently into the tray 7 Send the print data to the MFC 8 When you have finished th
226. older so the file appears in PaperPort or you can select another folder directory by clicking the Browse button You can change the default setting by selecting the Other Folder button and then clicking Browse and selecting the folder in which you wish to save your files 15 16 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to E mail The Scan To E mail is automatically configured to your default E mail application To change the default E mail application or attachment file type right click on the E mail button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to E mail and should not be changed Scan to Email Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type To change the E mail application click on the Configuration tab From the Application pull down list select your preferred E mail application USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 17 Scan to Email Scan acticn Zonliguration Scan Settings Applicatior Cutlaok Express Link Preferences To change the file type of the attachment click the Link Preferences button to set up links Check the Convert attachments to specified file type box and then select the appropriate file type from the pull down list Send To Options Outlook Express X Program Links E Items are e mailed as file attachments V Convert attachments to specified file type Convert All documents and image item
227. ombine items into single file if possible wee 14 11 Connecting external TAD 05 1 15 external telephone 1 14 Control panel overview 1 5 l 1 INDEX Copy Contrast oeiee 10 20 default settings changing yr ree 10 20 Duplex N in 1 eee 10 12 Enlarge Reduce 10 7 enter Copy mode 10 1 KEYS apureineen 10 6 multiple aaas 10 4 DADC inniger i aeea 2 1 Quality type of document P T E E 10 9 scanner glass e 10 4 single nsee 10 3 10 4 Sort ADF only 10 9 temporary settings EN EEE 10 2 10 6 Tray Select c 10 11 TAY USE cnini 4 13 using ADF Leece 10 3 Cover page COMPOSING oseese 6 14 custom comments 6 15 for all faxes ee 6 16 for next fax only nn 6 15 printed form ee 6 17 Credit Card Numbers 7 9 Custom telephone features E eiideuiadigteas de ies 1 20 Date and Time ee 4 1 Delayed Batch Transmission e E E cette A E 6 21 Delayed Fax naa 6 20 Dialling A pausean as 7 10 access codes and credit card NUMB ETS ceceeeeeeeeeeeees 7 9 automatic fax redial 6 9 GROUPS seta toe tes atau 6 17 S ah aeri 7 7 Speed Dial numbers 7 8 Drivers PANTET cniras 12 1 TWAIN Compliant 13 1 Windows printer oeeie 11 1 Drum unit checking remaining life D ie Ds A AR 22 35 replacing s e 22 32 Dual Access sso 6 10 Duplex N in 1 key 10 12 Duplex 1 in
228. ommend beginning your OGM with an initial 5 second silence because the MFC cannot hear fax tones over a resonant or loud voice You may try omitting this pause but if your MFC has trouble receiving then you must re record the OGM to include it INTRODUCTION 1 17 Using extension telephones For U K only It may be that your premises are already wired with parallel extension telephones or you intend to add extension telephones to your line in addition to your machine While the simplest arrangement is straightforward parallel connection there are some reasons as to why this arrangement will cause unsatisfactory service the most obvious of which is inadvertent interruption of a facsimile transmission by someone picking up an extension telephone in order to make an outgoing call Additionally remote activation may not operate reliably in such a simple configuration This machine may also be set to make a delayed transmission i e a transmission at a pre set time This pre set job may coincide with someone picking up an extension handset Such problems can easily be eliminated however if you arrange modification of your extension wiring circuit such that extension devices are connected downstream of your machine ina master slave configuration In such a configuration this machine can always detect whether a telephone is in use thus it will not attempt to seize the line during that time This is known as telephone off hook d
229. on the Cover Page This is a programmable feature Deactivation Code Fax Tel mode When the MFC answers a voice call it pseudo double ring You can pick up at an extension phone by pressing this code 51 Delayed Fax Sends your fax at a later time that day Drum Unit A printing device for the MFC Dual Access Your MFC can scan outgoing faxes or scheduled jobs into memory at the same time it is sending a fax or receiving or printing an incoming fax ECM Error Correction Mode Detects errors during fax transmission and resends the pages of the fax that had an error Extension phone A telephone on the fax number that is plugged into a separate wall socket External phone A TAD telephone answering device or telephone that is plugged into the correct socket on the MFC F T Ring Time The length of time that the Brother MFC rings when the Receive Mode setting is Fax Tel to notify you to pick up a voice call that it answered Fax Detect Enables your MFC to respond to CNG tones if you interrupt a fax call by answering it Fax Forwarding Sends a fax received into the memory to another preprogrammed fax number Fax Storage You can print stored faxes later or retrieve them from another location using Fax Forwarding or Remote Retrieval operations Fax tones The signals sent by sending and receiving fax machines while communicating information GLOSSARY G 2 Fax Tel You can receive faxes and telephone calls Do not use this m
230. ons Menu 1 7 Menu 1 8 For MFC 8440 with the optional paper tray 2 Auto faxing Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 1 General 7 Tray Use Tray 1 Only Select the tray that 4 13 Setup Copy Tray 2 Only will be used for Auto copying 8 Tray Use Tray 1 Only Select the tray that 4 14 Fax Tray 2 Only will be used for Auto faxing For MFC 8840D with the optional paper tray 2 Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 1 General 7 Tray Use Tray 1 Only Select the tray that 4 13 Setup Copy Tray 2 Only will be used for MP Only copying Auto x 8 Tray Use Tray 1 Only Select the tray that 4 14 Fax Tray 2 Only will be used for 3 17 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING ae The factory settings are shown in Bold with x f Getting started Initial Setup Setting the Date and Time Your MFC displays the date and time and if you set up the Station ID it prints on every fax you send If there is a power failure you may have to reset the date and time All other settings will not be affected 1 Press Menu 0 2 02 Date Time 2 Enter the last two digits of the year aa Press Set Year 20XX 3 Enter two digits for the month Press Set For example enter 09 for September or 10 for October 4 Enter two digits for the day Press Set For example enter 06 for 6th 5 Enter the time in 24 Hour format Press Set
231. ons to start the application represented by the icon A typical use of the Send To Bar is to select an item and then fax it This sample Send To Bar shows several applications with links to PaperPort iS Y Bq m A a z 3 I If PaperPort does not automatically recognize one of the applications on your computer you can manually create a link using the Add to Send To Bar command See PaperPort in the Documentation section on the CD ROM for more information about creating new links 13 21 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS ScanSoft OmniPage OCR lets you convert image text into text you can edit F Software by ScanSoft i ScanSoft OmniPage OCR is installed automatically with PaperPort when you install MFL Pro Suite on your computer ScanSoft PaperPort can quickly convert the text on a ScanSoft PaperPort item which is really just a picture of the text into text that you can edit with a word processing application PaperPort uses the optical character recognition application ScanSoft OmniPage which comes with PaperPort OR PaperPort can use your prefered OCR application if it is already on your computer You can convert the entire item or by using the Copy Text command you can select only a portion of the text to convert Dragging an item onto a word processing link icon starts PaperPort s built in OCR application or you can use your own OCR application Be y KEMERED ZSG HOW TO SCAN
232. opies amp Pages lia Copies tL f Collated Pages All OFrom 1 to 1 a Preview Cancel 18 4 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH Specific settings Set the Media Type Resolution and other settings Press Copies amp Pages to select settings you want to change Printer MFC 8840D Presets Standard Copies amp Pages Layout Output Options Duplex Paper Feed Print Settings Send Fax Summary C Save Custom Setting Collated Preview te Cancel Duplex Printer MFC 8840D IB Presets Standard TS Duplex E wv Duplex Use Duplex Unit i Flip on Long Edge Flip on Short Edge Manual Duplex Cheer Cra _ Preview Cancel Print 4 Automatic Duplex is only available with the MFC 8840D USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 5 Print settings Printer MFC 8840D Presets Standard gg Print Settings a Quality Normal 300 dpi Fine 600 dpi O Super Fine HQ1200 Media Type Plain Paper ia E Toner Save Mode om Preview Cancel Print d Using the PS driver with your Apple Macintosh To use the PS driver on a Network see the NC 9100h Network User s Guide on CD ROM A To use the PS driver with a USB cable you need to set the Emulation to BR Script 3 Menu 4 1 before connecting the USB cab
233. or your MFC You can choose the mode that best suits your needs LCD How it works When to use it Fax Only automatic receive The MFC automatically answers every call as a fax For dedicated fax lines Fax Tel fax and telephone with an external or extension telephone The MFC controls the line and automatically answers every call If the call is a fax it will receive the fax If the call is nota fax it will ring pseudo double ring for you to pick up the call Use this mode if you expect to receive lots of fax messages and few telephone calls You cannot have an answering machine on the same line even if it is on a separate wall socket phone socket on the same line You cannot use the telephone company s Voice Mail in this mode External TAD with an external answering machine The external answering machine TAD automatically answers every call Voice messages are stored on the external TAD Fax messages are printed Use this mode if you have an external answering machine on your phone line The TAD setting works only with an external answering machine Ring Delay and F T Ring Time do not work in this setting Manual manual receive with an external or extension telephone or with Distinctive Ring You control the phone line and must answer every call yourself Use this mode when you are using a computer modem on the same line or if you don t receiv
234. ort Self Viewing exe PaperPort 5 0 Image Item max PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pcx PCX Multi page dcx JPEG jpg TIFF Uncompressed tif TIFF Group 4 tif Multi Page Uncompressed tif Multi Page Group 4 tif USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 19 Scanner settings You have the ability to change the scanner settings used to create the file attachments Click on the Scan Settings tab and select the appropriate settings Scan to E mail Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Color Mode Black amp White Zz Resolution 200 zl Paper Size 44 210 x 297 mm Be tet om ee ee Darken Lighten Contrast 0 Restore Defaults 15 20 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Scan to OCR Word Processing program Scan to OCR converts the graphic page image data to text which can be edited by any word processor program You can change the default word processor program example Word Pad instead of Word and file type You can also choose another OCR software package besides the OmniPage OCR which is built into PaperPort To configure Scan to OCR right click on the WordPad button and select Configuration The Scan Action tab is set to OCR and should not be changed Scan to OCR Scan Action Configuration Scan Settings Scan Type
235. ote Setup For Windows MFC Remote Setup The MFC Remote Setup application lets you set up your MFC by using the ease and speed of programming on your PC When you access this application the settings on your MFC will be downloaded to your PC and displayed on your computer screen If you change the settings you can upload them directly to the MFC a You can t use the MFC Remote Setup application if your MFC is only connected to a Network with the optional Network LAN board NC 9100h See Web Based Management in the NC 9100h Users Guide ZU Brother MFC Remote Setup Program E3 MFC88400 Setup Receive General Setup HeD Fax ing Delay 2 F T Ring Time 30 Sec Fax Detect On e Remote Code Copy f Initial Setup Act Code Deact Code Auto Reduction On Memory Receive On C of Print Density Duplex On Of Export Import Print ok Cancel Apply OK button When you click OK the process of uploading the data to the MFC begins The MFC Remote Setup program is closed if an error message is displayed enter the correct data again and then click OK Cancel button The Cancel button clears your changes and exits the MFC Remote Setup application without uploading any data to the MFC USING MFC REMOTE SETUP 16 1 Apply button The Apply button uploads the data to the MFC but stays in the Remote Setup application so you can make more changes Print button The Print button
236. ou may continue to use the drum unit until you have a print quality problem Page Counter You can see number of total pages copy pages print pages and List Fax total fax print total list print pages that your MFC has printed 1 Press Menu 2 0 3 20 Miscellaneous 3 Page Counter 2 The LCD shows number of pages eae 123456 for Total and Copy Copy 120002 Press to see Print and List Fax 3 Press Stop Exit 22 35 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Optional accessories Memory board The memory board is installed on the main controller board inside the MFC When you add the optional memory board it increases the performance for both copier and printer operations Model Name Optional Memory MFC 8440 32 MB Standard Memory 32MB TECHWORKS 12457 0001 MFC 8840D 32 MB Standard Memory 64MB TECHWORKS 12458 0001 128MB TECHWORKS 12459 0001 In general the DIMM must have the following specifications Type 100 pin and 32 bit output CAS Lantency 2or3 Clock Frequency 100MHz or more Capacity 32 64 128MB Height 35mm or less Parity NONE DRAM Type SDRAM 4 Bank Some DIMMs might not work with this MFC For the latest information from Brother visit http solutions brother com OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 1 Installing the optional memory board A WARNING m DO NOT touch the surface of the main board within 15 minutes after turning off the power Before installi
237. ough paper select Thick Paper or Thicker Paper For bond paper select Bond Paper and for OHP transparencies select Transparencies PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 4 Advanced tab O Hg 1200 600 dpi O 300 dpi TonerSaveMode Off Oon Print Setting Use Printer Halftone O Use System Halftone Improve gray printing OK Cancel A To return to the default settings click the Default button Change the tab settings by selecting one of the following icons 1 Print Quality 2 Duplex 3 Watermark 4 Page Setting 5 Device Options Print Quality Resolution You can change the resolution as follows m HQ 1200 600 dpi 300 dpi A When you select Use Duplex Unit HQ1200 is not available 12 5 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Toner Save Mode You can save running costs by turning on the Toner Save Mode which reduces the print density Print Setting For Windows 98 98SE Me Print Setting is used for optimizing your print quality for the type of document being printed Photos Graphics or Scanned Images When you choose Auto Recommended the printer automatically prints with the most suitable print settings With the Print Setting set to Manual you can change the Brightness Contrast and Graphics Quality options manually For Windows 2000 XP NT WS 4 0 Check Use Printer Halftone to print using Halftone Check Use System Halftone to print using Halftone of the system To cha
238. ow to view the received faxes eseese 17 26 Using your MFC with a Macintosh cscesseeeeeeees 18 1 Setting up your USB equipped Apple Macintosh 18 1 Using the Brother printer driver with your Apple Macintosh Mac OS 8 6 9 2 ccccccceessesetsesesseeeens 18 2 Using the Brother Printer Driver with Your Apple Macintosh Mac OS X ccccsscseesesscsessessesecsseeseees 18 4 Choosing page setup Options 0 eceeeeeeeeeeeee 18 4 Specific SCttINGS eect eeeeceeceteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeees 18 5 Using the PS driver with your Apple Macintosh 18 6 For Mac OS 8 6 to 9 2 USEIS ccccssssesesstseseeeees 18 7 For Mac OS X Users weciiisssacasiceneraasisruacasweradienvaveincis 18 11 Sending a fax from your Macintosh application 18 14 For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 USELS c ccccscsscseseescssseseeees 18 14 xvii For Mac OS X USEMS ccccccescssecsecseessesecseeseenees 18 16 Drag a vCard from the Mac OS X Address Book applicatiOM siirsin 18 18 Using the Brother TWAIN scanner driver with your VECIN OC DANO 18 20 Accessing the Scanner ccceeeeesseeeeeeenteeeeeeenaaes 18 20 Scanning an image into your Macintosh 18 21 Scanning a whole page esseeesseeseesseeseeree 18 21 Pre Scanning an iMage cccccccseeeeeeseeeesteeeeeeees 18 22 Settings in the Scanner Window s s s 18 23 MAGE nanara E 18 23 Scanning Area seeeeerse
239. pe for Tray 2 Press lt gt or io ns Thin Plain Thick Thicker or Transparency 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit amp You can select Transparency for Tray 12 Paper Type 1 MP Tray A Plain v Thick Select AV amp Set 1 and Tray 2 only when 44 Letter or Legal is selected in Menu 1 3 GETTING STARTED 4 7 Setting the Paper Size You can use eight sizes of paper for printing copies A4 letter legal executive A5 A6 B5 and B6 and three sizes of paper for printing faxes A4 letter and legal When you change the size of paper in the MFC you will need to change the setting for Paper Size at the same time so your MFC can fit an incoming fax or reduced copy on the page 7 Press Menu 1 3 Paper Size 2 Press or to select A4 Oe ae Letter Legal Executive A5 Legal A6 B5 Or B6 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit With optional paper tray Press Menu 1 3 1 to set the 13 Paper Size paper size for Tray 1 1 Tray OR 2 Tray Press Menu 1 3 2 to set the paper size for Tray 2 2 Press lt or to select A4 Letter Legal Executive A5 A6 B5 and B6 Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit ae E If you are using the optional paper tray paper size A6 is not available E If you select Transparency in Menu 1 2 you can only select A4 Letter or Legal 4 8 GETTING STARTED Setting the Ring Vol
240. pecifications are used Brother does not therefore recommend the use of cartridges other than genuine Brother cartridges with this machine nor does it recommend the refilling of empty cartridges with toner from other sources If damage is caused to parts of this machine as a result of the use of toner or toner cartridges other than genuine Brother products due to the incompatibility or lack of suitability of those products with the machine any repairs required as a result will not be covered by the warranty 22 29 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 4 Gently rock the toner cartridge from side to side five or six times to distribute the toner evenly inside the cartridge 6 Insert the new toner cartridge in the drum unit until it clicks into place If you put it in properly the lock lever will lift automatically Drum Unit p A a UNI Toner Cartridge TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 30 7 Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left several times Return the blue tab to the Home position V before reinstalling the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly Home Position Corona Wire 8 Reinstall the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly and close the front cover 22 31 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Replacing the drum unit The MFC uses a drum unit to create print images on paper If the LCD shows Change Dr
241. polling job 0 Miscellaneous 1 Mem Prohibits most 6 23 Security functions except receiving faxes into memory 2 Drum Life You can check the 22 35 percentage of drum life that remains available 3 Page Total Lets you check 22 35 Counter Copy number of total Print pages the MFC has List Fax printed so far 4 BT Call On Use with BT Call 5 14 Sign off Sign U K Only e The factory settings are shown in Bold with x ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING 3 10 Menu ran Press the Menu numbers ex Press 1 1 for Mode Timer OR 1 L AA L to to select to select to accept exit Main Menu Submenu Menu Options Descriptions Page Selections 3 Copy 1 Quality Text Selects the Copy 10 20 Photo resolution for your Auto type of document 2 Contrast oooom Adjusts the contrast 10 20 oooso for copies oomoo omooo meoooo 4 Printer 1 Emulation Auto Selects the 11 18 HP LaserJet Emulation mode BR Script 3 2 Print 1 Internal Prints a list of the 11 19 Options Font MFC s internal fonts or current printer 2 Configuration settings 11 19 3 Reset Returns the MFC to 11 19 Printer the original factory default settings 5 Print 1 Help List You can print these 9 3 Reports F z lists and reports 2 Quick Dial 3 Journal 4 XMIT Verify 5 System _ Setup 6 0rder Form
242. r quality print See Improving the print quality on page 22 17 Vertical black lines when receiving Sometimes you may see vertical streaks black lines on the faxes you receive Your MFC s primary corona wire for printing may be dirty or the sending party s fax scanner may be dirty Clean your primary corona wire See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 or ask the sender to make a copy to see if the problem is with the sending machine Try receiving from another fax machine If the problem continues call your dealer for service Horizontal streaks lines are missing You may get a fax with horizontal streaks or with missing lines Usually this is caused by a poor telephone connection Ask the other party to send the fax again Received faxes appear as split or blank pages If the received data is divided and printed on two pages or if you get an additional blank page your Paper Size setting may not be correct for the paper you are using See Type and size of paper on page 2 1 Make sure that auto reduction function setting is turned on See Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction on page 5 5 Phone Line or Connections Dialling does not work Check for a dial tone Change Tone Pulse setting See Setting Tone or Pulse dialling mode Except for the Nordic Countries on page 4 15 Check all line cord connections Check power cord connection Send a manual fax by lifting the external handset and d
243. r source highlight the source in the Paper Source Setting list Select the Paper Size from the pull down box and click Update When Auto Select default Paper Source is set in the Basic tab of the printer driver See Basic tab on page 12 2 the printer driver will automatically use the Paper Source Setting to select a tray which matches the Paper Size setting in the printer driver Default Source The Default Source allows you to choose the paper source that will be used when the paper size of the document being sent does not match the Paper Source settings Brother MFC 8840D Printer Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Accessories Available Options Installed LT 5000 Add Paper Source Setting Source PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 14 Available Options In order to access the optional 2nd paper tray the option must be installed in the driver Highlight the model number from the Available Options list and click Add The optional tray will then be listed in the Installed box Paper Source Setting list and the screen illustration will display the 2nd tray Brother MFC 8840D Printer Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Accessories Available Options Installed LT 5000 Tray2 Remove Paper Source Setting Source Paper Size Tray 1 Letter Tray 2 undefined MP Tray undefined Paper Size Letter x Update Default Source Auto Select x OK Cancel
244. r the wrong Password the LCD shows wrong Password and stays offline The MFC will stay in Secure Mode until the registered password is entered SETUP SEND 6 24 Auto Dial numbers and dialling options Storing numbers for easy dialling You can set up your MFC to do three types of easy dialling One Touch Speed Dial and Groups for Broadcasting faxes ev If you lose electrical power the auto dial numbers that are in the memory will not be lost Storing One Touch Dial numbers Your MFC has 20 One Touch keys where you Q 2 8 can store 40 fax or phone numbers for A automatic dialling To access numbers 21 to 40 ee E E hold down Shift as you press the One Touch 6 o 0o 4 0 key When you press a One Touch key the LCD shows the name if you stored it or the number See One Touch Dialling on page 7 7 One Touch keys are the 20 keys numbers 01 40 located on the left side of the control panel 1 Press Menu 2 3 1 23 Set Quick Dial 2 Press the One Touch key where 1 One Touch Dial you want to store a number One Touch If you have not installed the optional LAN board NC 9100h go to Step 4 OR If you have installed optional LAN board NC 9100h the MFC will ask you if the One Touch key is for a fax telephone number or an e mail address Go to Step 3 3 Press lt or to select 23 Set Quick Dial Fax Tel 007 Press Set A Fax Tel v E Address Select AV amp Set 7 1 AUTO DIAL
245. r when you use ScanSoft PaperPort 8 0SE 2 Select Scan from the File drop down menu or select the Scan button The Scan pane appears in the left panel 3 Select Brother MFC 8840D Brother MFC 8840D USB or Brother MFC 8840D LAN from the Scanner drop down list box If the MFC is connected via Parallel use Brother MFC 8840D USB use Brother MFC 8840D USB LAN use Brother MFC 8840D LAN 4 Click Scan The Brother MFC 8840D Brother MFC 8840D USB or Brother MFC 8840D LAN Scanner Setup dialog box will appear Brother MFC 8840D USB Scanner Setup 3 0 xj Scan Photo PreScan C Web Width 210 1 mm C Text 2481 pixels Height 290 3 mm Resolution _ 3429 pixels 300 x 300 dpi Data Size 24 3 MB Scan Type 24bit Color z Q Q Brigt i a an etae Document Size _ A4 210 x 297 mm f Default in C inch Cancel an ine HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 2 Scanning a document into the PC You can scan a whole page OR Scan a portion of the page after pre scanning the document Scanning a whole page Place the document face up in the ADF automatic document feeder or face down on the scanner glass 2 Adjust the following settings if required in the Scanner window E Image Type Resolution Scan Type Brightness Contrast m Document Size A After you select a document size you can adjust the scanning area further by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it This is required when you want to crop an image whe
246. ransmission The process of sending faxes over the phone lines from your MFC to the receiving fax machine True Type fonts The fonts that are used in the Windows operating systems If you install the Brother True Type fonts more types of fonts will be available for Windows applications Xmit Report Transmission Verification Report A listing for each transmission that shows its date time and number G 5 GLOSSARY Specifications Product description The MFC 8440 and MFC 8840D are 5 in 1 Multi Function Centers Printer Copier Color Scanner Fax and PC FAX via your PC The MFC 8840D includes Duplex Printing General Memory Capacity Optional Memory Automatic Document Feeder ADF Paper Tray Multi Purpose Tray Manual Feed Tray Printer Type Print Method LCD Liquid Crystal Display Warm up Power Source Power Consumption Dimensions Weight Noise 32 MB 1 DIMM slot Memory expandable up to 160 MB Up to 50 pages Temperature 20 C 30 C Humidity 50 70 Paper 75 g m A4 size 250 Sheets 80 g m 50 Sheets 80 g m MFC 8840D only Single sheet 80 g m MFC 8440 only Laser Electrophotography by semiconductor laser beam scanning 22 characters x 5 lines Max 18 seconds at 23 C 220 240V AC 50 60Hz Average Operating Copying 450W or less 25 C Peak 1090W or less Sleep 14W or less 16W or less When Network LAN board NC 9100h is installed Standby 85W or less 25
247. rations You can scan the page on the Brother MFC and print the copies using any of the features of the Brother MFC printer driver OR You can send the copy output to any standard Windows printer driver that is on your PC PC Fax operation Send a Fax Allows you scan a picture or text document and send the image as a fax from the PC using the Brother PC FAX software USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 4 Scanner settings for Scan Copy and PC Fax buttons When the Pop Up screen appears you can access the Scanner Settings window Click the Configuration ata Control Center icon at the top right of the Brother Control Center screen OR Click the Modify Settings button on any of the Configuration screens r Pop Up Setting F Autoload Pop Up Global Scanner Settings Text for OCR Resolution 200x200 lt Color Mode Black amp White X ScanSize f o Global settings AutoLoad Pop Up Select this checkbox if you want Brother MFL Control Center to load when you turn on your computer 14 5 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Setting up the scanner configurations The Pop Up application stores eight different scanning modes Each time you scan a document you can choose the most appropriate scanning mode from the following Faxing Filing and Copying Text for OCR Photos Photos High Quality Photos Quick Scan Custom Draft Copy Fine Copy Each mode has its own s
248. reen programming User friendly programming Your MFC is designed to be easy to use with LCD on screen programming using the navigation keys User friendly programming helps you take full advantage of all the menu selections your MFC has to offer Since your programming is done on the LCD we have created step by step on screen instructions to help you program your MFC All you need to do is follow the instructions as they guide you through the menu selections and programming options Menu table You can probably program your MFC without the User s Guide But to help you understand the menu selections and options that are found in the MFC programs use the Menu table on page 3 4 A You can program your MFC by pressing Menu followed by the menu numbers For example to set Fax Resolution to Fine Press Menu 2 2 2 and lt gt or to select Fine Press Set Memory Storage If there is a power failure you will not lose your menu settings because they are stored permanently Temporary settings such as Contrast Overseas Mode and so on will be lost You may also have to reset the date and time 3 1 ON SCREEN PROGRAMMING Navigation keys a Access the menu Go to the next menu level Accept an option Exit the menu by pressing repeatedly Go back to the previous menu level Scroll through the current menu level Go back to the previous menu level Go forward to the next menu level z D 3 i
249. ress Fax Press Menu 2 2 7 22 Setup Send Press or to select On 7 Coverpg Setup A Next Fax Only Press Set v On Select AV amp Set If you selected On Press or to select one of the standard or your own comments Press Set Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 to exit if you have finished choosing settings SETUP SEND 6 16 Using a printed cover page If you prefer to use a printed cover page that you can write on you can print the sample page and attach it to your fax 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 7 3 Press lt or to select 22 Setup Send Print Sample 7 Coverpg Setup P Set A Off ress el v Print Sample 4 Press Start Your MFC prints a copy of your cover page 5 Press Stop Exit Broadcasting Broadcasting is when the same fax message is automatically sent to more than one fax number Using the Set key you can include Groups One Touch Speed Dial numbers and up to 50 manually dialled numbers If you did not use up any of the numbers for Groups access codes or credit card numbers you can broadcast faxes to as many as 390 different numbers However the available memory will vary depending on the types of jobs in the memory and the number of locations used for broadcasting If you broadcast to the maximum numbers available you will not be able to use Dual Access
250. ropriate media type in the printer driver The problem may disappear by itself Try printing multiple pages to clear this problem especially if the printer has not been used for a long time The drum unit may be damaged Put in a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 EREEDEFGH Eabedefghijk EABCD Feb cde E23 4 Lines across the page Clean the inside of the printer and the primary corona wire in the drum unit See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 The drum unit may be damaged Put in a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 Black lines down the page Printed pages have toner stains down the page Clean the primary corona wire of the drum unit Make sure the primary corona wire cleaner is at the home position A The drum unit may be damaged Install a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 The toner cartridge may be damaged Put in a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Make sure that a torn piece of paper is not inside the printer covering the scanner window The fixing unit may be smudged Call Customer Service D AB DEFGH abchefghijk You may clear the problem by wiping the scanner window with a soft cloth See Cleaning the printer on page 22 25 The toner cartridge may be damaged Put in a new toner cartridge See Replacing the toner cartridge on page 22 27 Page Skewe
251. ry Copy keys for more settings For MFC 8440 with the optional paper tray 2 Press Tray Select Tray Select Auto 1 XXX 2 XXX For MFC 8840D with the optional paper tray 2 Press Tray Select Tray Select Auto il XXX 2 XXX MP Tray XXX is the paper size you set in Menu 1 3 ae For MFC 8440 the LCD displays the tray use selections only if the optional paper tray is installed MAKING COPIES 10 11 Duplex N in 1 Duplex prints on both sides of the paper oo Level 1 Level 2 Option document gt Finished Layout Press N in 1 2 in 1 P 3 7 Duplex N in 1 2 gt tae MFC 8840D zi T i in L 1 Nin1 tiz gt un MFC 8440 2 Duplex 4 in 1 P 4 112 Nin 1 zi ga 4 in 1 L i 2 gt Duplex 1 in 1 Portrait1 1 1 2 gt MFC 8840D 2 Portrait2 Single 1 Sided 1 j2 gt z Double 1 S 1 Sided 7 zL Landscapel Single Sided e gt p Double 1 a Sided gt PE Landscape2 1 2 10 12 MAKING COPIES Temporary
252. s C PaperPort image items MAX only File type PaperPort Browser Viewable gt my PaperPort Image Item max Combi PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperPort Self Viewing exe PaperPort 5 0 Image Item max PaperPort 4 0 Image Item max PaperPort 3 0 Image Item max Windows Bitmap bmp PC Paintbrush pex PCX Multi page dex JPEG ipg IV Include icon of TIFF Uncompressed tif TIFF Group 4 tif TIFF Multi page Uncompressed TIFF Multi page Group 4 tif 15 18 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER File attachments Items are mailed as file attachments using the file type you have selected Convert attachments to specified file type Click this check box if you want to change the file type of attachments All documents and image items Click this check box if you want to convert all scanned images to the same file type PaperPort image items MAX only Click this check box if you want to convert only attachments that are PaperPort MAX files Combine items into single file if possible Click this check box if you want to combine all the attachments into one file With this box unchecked each scanned page will be saved in its own individual file File type Select from the pull down list the type of file you want the scanned images to be saved in PaperPort Image Item max PaperPort Browser Viewable htm PaperP
253. s in the area shown in the O illustration A WARNING When you move the MFC grasp the side handholds that are under the scanner Do NOT carry the MFC by holding it at the bottom Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Never touch telephone wires or terminals that are not insulated unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the wall socket Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install a telephone socket in a wet location Install equipment with a power cord near a socket outlet that is easily accessible Do not use a telephone in the vicinity of gas leak to report leak Do not use this product near appliances that use water in a wet basement or near a swimming pool There may be a remote risk of electric shock from lightning Caution Lightning and power surges can damage this product We recommend that you use a quality surge protection device on the AC power line and on the telephone line or unplug the lines during a lightning storm Choosing a location Place your MFC on a flat stable surface that is free of vibration and shocks such as a desk Put the MFC near a telephone socket anda standard grounded power outlet Choose a location where the temperature remains between 10 and 32 5 C Caution Avoid placing your MFC in a high traffic area E Do not place near heaters air conditioners water chemicals or refrigerators m Do not expose the MFC
254. s set to the Fax Only mode it will answer every call automatically with fax receiving tones If the other person hangs up your MFC will continue to send the chirps for about 40 seconds and the LCD continues to show Receiving To cancel receiving press Stop Exit The fax handshake is the time in which the sending machine s CNG tones and the receiving machines chirps overlap This must be for at least 2 to 4 seconds so both machines can understand how each is sending and receiving the fax The handshake cannot begin until the call is answered and the CNG tones only last for about 60 seconds after the number is dialled So it is important for the receiving machine to answer the call in as few rings as possible a When you have an external Telephone Answering Device TAD on your fax line your TAD will decide the number of rings before the call is answered Pay special attention to the directions for connecting a TAD in this chapter See Connecting an external telephone answering device TAD on page 1 15 1 12 INTRODUCTION ECM Error Correction Mode The Error Correction Mode ECM is a way for the MFC to check a fax transmission while it is in progress If the MFC detects errors during fax transmission it resends the pages of the fax that had an error ECM transmissions are only possible between fax machines that both have this feature If they do you may send and receive fax messages that are continuously being
255. s you press Start See Storing One Touch Dial numbers on page 7 1 For example you can store 555 on One Touch key 03 and 7000 on One Touch key 02 If you press One Touch key 03 One Touch key 02 and Start you will dial 555 7000 To temporarily change a number you can substitute part of the number with manual dialling using the dial pad For example to change the number to 555 7001 you could press One Touch key 03 and then press 7001 using the dialling pad A If you must wait for another dial tone or signal at any point in the dialling sequence store a pause there in the number by pressing Redial Pause Each key press adds a 3 5 second delay 7 9 AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS Pause Press Redial Pause to insert a 3 5 second pause between numbers If you are dialling overseas you can press Redial Pause as many times as needed to increase the length of the pause Tone or Pulse If you have a Pulse dialling service but need to send Tone signals for example for telephone banking follow the instructions below If you have Touch Tone service you will not need this feature to send tone signals 7 Lift the handset of an external phone 2 Press on the control panel of your MFC Any digits dialled after this will send tone signals 3 When you hang up the MFC will return to the Pulse dialling service AUTO DIAL NUMBERS AND DIALLING OPTIONS 7 10 i Remote Fax Options Fax Forwarding e After you
256. srssrrisrrrsrrererrrersens 18 25 Business Card Size cccccceeeeeeeeteeeeeeetteeenees 18 25 Adjusting the IMage eeenreserrrnerrrnnsns 18 26 Using Presto PageManager ccccccccscseteeeeeees 18 27 HIQhliQhtS 0 ceceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeees 18 27 System requirements 18 28 Technical SUPPOTSt 0 ceeeeeceeeceeeeeeeeeeeeteeettaaeeeeaes 18 28 MFC Remote Setup Mac OS X ccccccseseseseeeees 18 30 Network Scanning ssccceeeeeesseeeeseeeeeeseeeesneeeenseeeesseeeeneneees 19 1 Network License 00 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeee eee eeeeaeeeeeeeaaeeeeeeeenaes 19 1 Registering your PC with the MFC 19 1 Using the Scan key ccccccceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeetaaeeneneees 19 5 Scan to E mail PO 19 5 Scan to E mail E mail server 19 6 SCAN t Mage kia 19 8 Scan tO OCR issssssisesirsssinssrrssrrrsrnrssrnntrenerrensres 19 9 SCan to Fileas aide 19 10 Brother Network PC FAX software s sccssessseeneeees 20 1 Enable Network PC FAX nsee 20 1 SONdING SCLUP iiss ee eeeee cece eesteeteeeeeteeteeeetaaeeneneees 20 2 Extra options in Address Book eeen 20 3 Using the Brother Network PC FAX software 20 4 QUICK o S 20 4 Sending a Network PC FAX from your Macintosh FV 6r 11 0 ee 20 5 For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 USEIS c cscscsesseseseseeeeeees 20 5 For Mac OS X USEPS ccsssescsssscscesscscseseeecseeeees 20 5 xviii Important information cceee sete
257. ss Card 90 x 60 mm Photo 3 5 x 5 in 9 x 13 cm Photo 5 x 7 in 13 x 18 cm APS C 4x 6 in 10 x 15 cm Custom User adjustable from 0 35 x 0 35 in to 8 5 x 14 in or 8 9 x 8 9 mm to 215 9 x 355 6 mm To scan photographs or business cards select the document size and then place the document face down at the center of scanner glass When scanning photographs or other images for use in a word processor or other graphics application You should try different settings for the contrast and resolution modes to see which best suits your needs HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 8 If you selected Custom as the size The Custom Document Size dialog box will appear Custom Document Size x Custom Document Size Name X Width 89 2159 2153 Height 989 3556 2794 Unit mm C inch see Delete Cancel Help Type the Name Width and Height for the document You can choose mm or inch as the unit for Width and Height A You can see the actual paper size you selected on the screen PreScan Width 210 1 mm 2481 pixels Height 290 3 mm 3429 pixels Data Size 24 3 MB Width shows the width of scanning area Height shows the height of scanning area m Data Size shows the approximate data size calculated in a Bitmap format The size will be different for other file formats such as JPEG 13 9 HOWTO SCAN USING WINDOWS Scanning a document For Windows XP only WIA compli
258. stries Ltd Brother is a registered trademark of Brother Industries Ltd Multi Function Link is a registered trademark of Brother International Corporation Copyright 2003 Brother Industries Ltd All rights reserved Windows Microsoft and Windows NT are registered trademarks of Microsoft in the U S and other countries Macintosh QuickDraw iMac and iBook are trademarks or registered trademarks of Apple Computer Inc Postscript and Postscript Level 3 are registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated PaperPort and OmniPage are registered trademarks of ScanSoft Inc Presto PageManager is a registered trademark of NewSoft Technology Corporation Each company whose software title is mentioned in this manual has a Software License Agreement specific to its proprietary programs All other brand and product names mentioned in this User s Guide are registered trademarks of their respective companies IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 5 Troubleshooting and routine maintenance Troubleshooting IMPORTANT For technical help you must call the country where you bought the MFC Calls must be made from within that country Error messages As with any sophisticated office product errors may occur If this happens your MFC identifies the problem and displays an error message The most common error messages are shown below ERROR MESSAGES ERROR CAUSE ACTION MESSAGE BT Ca
259. switch 10 Press the Test switch and print a network configuration page See TEST SWITCH on page 23 10 SOND ON 23 8 OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES Step 2 Connecting the NC 9100h to an Unshielded Twisted Pair 10BASE T or 100BASE TX Ethernet Network To connect the NC 9100h to a 1OBASE T or 100BASE TX Network you must have an Unshielded Twist Pair Cable One side of the cable must be connected to a free port on your Ethernet hub and the other side must be connected to the 10BASE T or 100BASE TX connector an RJ45 Connector of the NC 9100h Verifying successful hardware Installation Plug in the AC power cord After initialization and warm up this may take several seconds the machine will come to a Ready state LED No light If both of the two LEDs are off then the print server is not connected to the network Link Speed LED is orange Fast Ethernet This Link Speed LED will be orange if the print server is connected to a 1OOBASETX Fast Ethernet network OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 23 9 Link Speed LED is green 10 BASE T Ethernet This Link Speed LED will be green if the print server is connected to a 10 BASE T Ethernet Active LED is yellow The Active LED will blink if the print server is receiving or transmitting data ae If there is a valid connection to the network the LED will blink orange or green
260. t OR Press or to select Portraitil or Landscape2 and then go to Step 6 5 Press lt or to select Single Sided for the document If you are using the scanner glass or changed the number of copies at Step 2 this option will not appear Press Set 6 Press Start to scan the document If you placed the document in the ADF the MFC starts printing OR If you placed the document on the scanner glass go to Step 7 7 Place the next document on the scanner glass Select 1 and press Set or press 1 to copy next page After all the pages of the document have been scanned select 2 and press Set or press 2 to print MAKING COPIES 10 17 Make a double sided copy from a double sided document i gt GI Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in the ADF 2 Press Duplex N in 1 and or to select Duplex 1 in 1 Press Set Press gt or to select Portrait2 or Landscapel Press Set Press lt or to select Double Sided for the document Press Set Press Start Make sure that you have put the documents in the ADF as shown on the LCD and press Start After all the pages of the document have been scanned on one side turn the other side of the document face up in the ADF Press Start N OG A Q 10 18 MAKING COPIES Duplex 2 in 1 and Duplex 4 in 1 For MFC 8840D 1 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Place the document face up in th
261. t Heip New N Open 0 Close o Save Save As Revert Quit E10 9 Click the MFC 8840D icon on the Desktop 10 Select Set Default Printer from the Printing menu j File Edit View Special LOLA Help v Start Print Queue Stop Print Queue Change Setup v Show Manual Feed Alert Set Default Pinter 3L 18 10 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH For Mac OS X users You need to install the PS driver using the following instructions a If you use a USB cable and your Macintosh is Mac OS X only one printer driver for an MFC can be registered in Print Center If a Brother Native Driver MFC 8440 8840D is already listed in Printer list you will need to delete it and then install the PS driver a To use the PS driver with a USB cable you need to set the Emulation to BR Script 3 Menu 4 1 before connecting the USB cable See Setting the Emulation Selection on page 11 18 Select Applications from the Go menu Finder File Edit View Window Help Computer XC Home CEH iDisk XSi Favorites gt Applications XA Recent Folders gt Go to Folder Bac 3 Connect to Server 3K 2 Open the Utilities folder r e808 G Applications O m zm mM G y A Back View Computer Home Favorites Applications a Fs ie n AJ Preview QuickTime Player Sherlock 2 w f Stickies System Preferences TextEdit Utilities bd USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 11
262. t images to editable documents This option is available only when you have an OCR program other than the one provided with PaperPort PaperPort 8 0 SE uses the same OCR engine that is in ScanSoft s OmniPage Pro Millennium product Click the Settings button to choose how the OCR application will read the pages that you scan into your word processor application The OCR Settings window will appear I Auto orient page 1 Cancel IV Single column output Select your setting and click OK Auto orient page Click this checkbox to automatically rotate pages so that the text is upright E Single column output Click this checkbox if you want to remove columns from multi column documents so that converted text appears in a one column format 14 13 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Scan to Image Microsoft Paint p Scanner Setting Modifu Settings Target Application Application Microsst Pan o d Custom Link Settings To access Scan to Image Configurations screen Place the document face up in the ADF The Brother Control Center screen will pop up 2 Right click the graphic application button and click on Configuration Click the Modify Settings button to view the configuration screen of the Control Center 3 To save your settings click OK OR To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults button USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER 14 14 Scann
263. t incoming faxes in the memory to restore the memory to 100 a Then if this error message appears more than once you may wish to consider increasing the memory size For more information on how to increase the memory size see Memory board on page 23 1 MAKING COPIES 10 5 Using the Copy keys Temporary settings When you want to change the settings only for the next copy use the Temporary Copy keys Enlarge Reduce Contrast Quality Tray Select Temporary Copy keys Duplex I Sort Nin 1 O O You can use different combinations The large LCD shows your current Copy mode settings Enlg Red 100 Quality Auto Duplex Nin t E Contrast Tray 1 LTR PressavV or St Example of Copy mode LCD 10 6 MAKING COPIES Enlarge Reduce You can select the following enlargement or reduction ratios Auto sets the MFC to calculate the reduction ratio that fits the size of your paper Custom allows you to enter a ratio from 25 to 400 Press Enlarge Reduce 100 Enlarge 104 EXE gt LTR A 141 A5 gt A4 VAA 200 Auto Custom 25 400 50 70 A4 gt AS 78 LGL gt LTR 83 LGL gt A4 85 LTR gt EXE 91 Full Page 94 A4 LTR 97 LTR gt A4 a Auto appears only when you place the document in the ADF 7 Press Copy to illuminate it in green Pl
264. t the machine followed by 1 Press Menu 2 5 3 Turn Fax Storage On press 6 2 Enter a three digit number from 000 to 999 Turn Fax Storage Off press 7 The cannot be changed 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit RETRIEVE A Fax Press 96 Remote Commands then to Retrieve all faxes press 2 Chance Fax FORWARDING SETTING then enter the number of remote fax machine followed by Press 9 5 After the beep hang up and wait then to Turn feature Off press 1 Erase all fax messages press 3 Select Fax Forwarding press 2 8 A ai Fold At your side brother This machine is approved for use in the country of purchase only local Brother companies or their dealers will only support machines purchased in their own countries UK IRE SAF PAN NORDIC
265. ter printing has finished press Stop Exit Setting the Print Density You can adjust print density making your printed pages darker or lighter 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 1 7 21 Setup Receive 3 Press to make the print darker 7 Print Density OR E T select gt amp Set Press to make the print lighter Sa Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit 5 7 SETUP RECEIVE Advanced receiving operations Operation from extension telephones If you answer a fax call on an extension telephone or an external telephone into the correct socket on the machine you can make your MFC take the call by using the Remote Activation Code When you press the Remote Activation Code 51 the MFC starts to receive a fax See Fax Detect on page 5 4 If the MFC answers a voice call and pseudo double rings for you to take over use the Deactivation Code 51 to take the call at an extension phone See Setting the F T Ring Time Fax Tel mode only on page 5 3 If you answer a call and no one is on the line you should assume that you re receiving a manual fax At an extension phone on a separate telephone wall socket phone socket press 51 wait for fax receiving tones chirps and then hang up E At an external phone connected to the MFC s EXT socket press 51 and wait for the phone to be disconnected before you hang up the LCD shows Receiving
266. tering toner 7 Clean the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by gently sliding the blue tab from right to left several times 2 Return the blue tab and snap it into the Home position V Home Position Corona Wire Caution If the blue tab is not at Home position Y printed pages may have vertical stripes 3 Reinstall the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly into the MFC See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 4 Close the front cover 5 Plug in the power cord first then the telephone cord TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 26 Replacing the toner cartridge The MFC can print up to 6 700 pages using a high yield toner cartridge When the toner cartridge is running low the LCD shows Toner Low The MFC is supplied with a standard toner cartridge that must be replaced after approximately 3 500 pages Actual page count will vary depending on your average type of document i e standard letter detailed graphics A It is a good idea to keep a new toner cartridge ready for use when you see the Toner Low warning Discard the used toner cartridge according to local regulations keeping it separate from domestic waste Be sure to seal the toner cartridge tightly so toner powder does not spill out of the cartridge If you have questions call your local waste disposal office We recommend that you clean the MFC when you replace the toner cartridge How to replace the toner cartridge A WARNING J
267. text Custom Settings Cc You can also Adiust the quality of the scanned picture HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 14 Advanced Properties Advanced Properties Appearance Brightness Contrast Resolution DFI Picture type 100 Color picture 7 To start scanning your document click the Scan button in the Scan dialog box This time only the selected area of the document will appear in the PaperPort window or your software application window Brother Scanner Utility The Brother Scanner Utility is used for configuring the scanner driver for resolutions greater than 1200dpi and for changing the paper size If you want to set Legal size as the default size change the setting using this utility You must restart your PC for the new settings to take effect To run the utility You can run the utility by selecting the Scanner Utility located in the Start All Programs Brother MFL Pro Suite MFC 8840D menu Scanner Utility WIA Device Brother MFC 8840D Max Resolution dpi C 600x600 1200x1200 C 2400x2400 C 4800x4800 C 9600x9600 Maximum Scanning Size A4 Letter C Legal Cancel A If you scan the original at resolution of greater than 1200dpi the file size maybe very large Please make sure that you have sufficient memory and hard disk space for the size of the file you are trying to scan If the memory amp hard disk is not sufficient then your computer may free
268. the right 4 Close the ADF cover 5 Press Stop Exit Document is jammed inside the ADF unit Take out any paper from the ADF that is not jammed Lift the document cover Pull the jammed document out to the right Close the document cover Press Stop Exit OR Take the ADF support out of the ADF unit 2 Pull the jammed document out to the right 3 Press Stop Exit QA QN 22 5 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Paper jams To clear paper jams please follow the steps in this section A WARNING After you have just used the MFC some parts inside the MFC are extremely hot When you open the front cover or back output tray of the MFC never touch the shaded parts shown in the following diagram Front view Back view Clear the jammed paper as follows If the jammed paper is removed completely by using the information in the following steps you can install the paper tray first and then close the front cover and the MFC will resume printing automatically ae E ifa paper jam occurs when using the optional lower tray unit check for correct installation of the upper paper tray E Always remove all paper from the paper tray and straighten the stack when you add new paper This helps prevent multiple sheets of paper from feeding through the MFC at one time and reduces paper jams TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 6 7 Pul
269. the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Scan 3 Press lt gt or to select Scan to E Mail Press Set 4 Press lt or to select PC Press Set If there is not other selection go to Step 5 19 5 NETWORK SCANNING 5 Press lt or to select the destination PC you want to use for E mailing your document Press Set If the LCD prompts you to enter a PIN Number enter the 4 digit PIN Number for the destination PC on the control panel Press Set The MFC will start the scanning process Scan to E mail E mail server When you select Scan to E mail E mail server you can scan a black and white or color document and send it directly to an E mail address from the MFC You can choose PDF or TIFF for Black and White and PDF or JPEG for color N Scan to E mail E mail server requires SMTP POP3 mail server support See NC 9100h User s Guide on the CD ROM Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Scan Press or to select Scan to E Mail Press Set Press or to select AScan to E Mail E mail Server Scan to Image Scan to OCR Press Set wScan to File OR If there is not other selection go to Step 5 Press or to select Change Quality Press Set NETWORK SCANNING 19 6 6 Press or to select Color 150 dpi Color 300 dpi Color 600 dpi B W 200 dpior
270. the optional Tray 2 if Tray 1 is out of paper or if incoming faxes will fit best on the paper in Tray 2 Press Menu 1 8 18 Tray Use Fax 2 Press lt gt or to select Tray 1 a Tray 1 Only Tray 2 Only Only Tray 2 Only or Auto y ped 3 Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit A If Auto Reduction is turned on incoming faxes will be printed from the tray that is set for Auto Reduction See Printing a reduced incoming fax Auto Reduction on page 5 5 Setting the LCD Contrast You can change the contrast to help the LCD look lighter or darker MFC 8440 Press Menu 1 7 RETENAS MFC 8840D Press Menu 1 8 niod OR If you have the optional tray 2 press Menu 1 9 2 Press 9 to increase the contrast OR Press to decrease the contrast Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit 4 14 GETTING STARTED Initial Setup depending on Your Country Setting Tone or Pulse dialling mode Except for the Nordic Countries Your machine comes set for Tone dialling service multi frequency If you have Pulse dialling service rotary you need to change the dialling mode Press Menu 0 4 04 Tone Pulse 2 Press or to select A Tone Pulse or Tone v Pulse Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit GETTING STARTED 4 15 Setup Receive Basic receiving operations Choosing the Receive Mode There are four different Receive Modes f
271. ties Paper Size z Orientation Portrait C Landscape Ad Resolution 200x200 dpi 210 x 297 mm C 2004100 dpi Default About OK Cancel Help Select the Paper Size Orientation Portrait or Landscape and Resolution 200x200 dpi or 200x100 dpi and click OK To return to the factory default settings click the Default button 15 28 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER Custom User defined buttons There are up to three Custom buttons on the Brother SmartUI Control Center NOTE The number of Custom buttons depends on which Brother model you purchased You can set your own preferences and configuration to fit your required application To configure a Custom Button right click on the button and then click Configuration The configuration window will appear You have four function choices Application File OCR and E mail Application This setting will link the Control Panel button to any button which appears on the PaperPort Send to Bar Please see the PaperPort help file for more information regarding PaperPort compatible applications File This setting allows you to save a scanned image to any directory on local or network hard disk You can also select the file format to be used OCR Scanned documents will be converted to editable text files If you have a third party OCR software package installed on your PC you can select it The default OCR software is OmniPage which is
272. tination Fax Numbers Click OK to go to the Send Fax dialog box USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 15 For Mac OS X users You can send a fax directly from a Macintosh application by doing the following Create a document in a Macintosh application 2 Tosenda fax select Print from the File menu The Printer dialog box will appear Printer MFC 8840D CSE Presets Standard Copies amp Pages RJ Copies 1 Y Collated Pages All Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print 3 Select Send Fax from the pull down menu Printer MFC 8840D 9 Presets Standard a Copies amp Pages za Layout Output Options 7 M collated Paper Feed Print Settings rom 1 to 1 Summary EEE O Preview Save As PDF Cancel 18 16 USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 4 Select Facsimile from the Output pull down menu Printer MFC 8840D E Presets Standard EJ Output Facimile ie Input Fax Number Ada Stored Fax Numbers work fax Address Book Destination Fax Numbers Name FAX Sprevien save As PDE O Preview Save As PDF Cancel Print gt 5 Toaddress the fax type a fax number in the Input Fax Number box and the click Print ae If you want to send a fax to more than one number click Add after entering the first fax number The destination fax numbers will be listed in the
273. tion Printer Port Printer Port Printer Port Serial Port Serial Port Serial Port Serial Port Printer Brother MF OD BR Scri PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 18 Device Settings tab Select the options you installed amp Brother MFC 8840D BR Script3 Properties PR General Sharing Ports Advanced Security Device Settings Tray1 Letter had Tray2 Letter MP Tray Letter Manual Feed Letter ae Font Substitution Table Available PostScript Memory 1660 KB Output Protocol ASCII Send CTRL D Before Each Job No Send CTRL D After Each Job Yes Convert Gray Text to PostScript Gray No Convert Gray Graphics to PostScript Gray No Add Euro Currency Symbol to PostScript Fonts Yes Job Timeout 0 seconds Wait Timeout 300 seconds Minimum Font Size to Download as Outline 100 pixel s Maximum Font Size to Download as Bitmap 600 pixelis B EA Installable Options Apply 12 19 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Layout tab a If you are using Windows NT 4 0 Windows 2000 or XP you can access the Layout tab by clicking Printing Preferences in the General tab of the Brother BR Script3 Properties screen You can change the Layout setting by selecting the setting in the Orientation Page Order and Pages Per Sheet amp Printing Preferences OT Layout Paper Quality Orientation ape O Rotated Landscape Print on Both Sides Flip on Short Edge Flip o
274. tional shielded parallel cable that is IEEE 1284 compliant and not longer than 2 m A Hi Speed USB 2 0 cable that is not longer than 2m a Please make sure that you use a Hi Speed USB 2 0 certified cable if your computer uses a Hi Speed USB 2 0 interface ae Even if your computer has a USB 1 1 interface you can connect the MFC SPECIFICATIONS S 5 Computer requirements Minimum System Requirements Computer Platform amp Processor Minimum Recommended Available Hard Disk Operating System Version Minimum RAM RAM Space Speed F weet Driver Application Software Windows 98 98SE Pentium 24 MB 32 MB 80 MB 100 MB Operating 75MHz t System Me Pentium 150 32 MB 64 MB MHz NT Workstation Pentium 4 0 75MHz 2000 Pentium 64 MB 128 MB Professional 133MHz XP Pentium 128 MB 256 MB 180 MB 233MHz Apple Mac OS 8 6 9 2 All base 32 MB 64 MB 50 MB 200 MB Macintosh Printing models meet Operating Scanning and minimum System PC FAX Send Requirements Only Mac OS X 128 MB 160 MB 10 1 10 2 1 or greater Printing Scanning PC FAX Send and Remote Setup Only NOTE USB is not supported under Windows NT WS 4 0 All registered trademarks referenced herein are the property of their respective companies For the latest drivers go to the Brother Solutions Center at http solutions brother com A 1 Application Software is different for Windows and
275. tions from the image When you are satisfied with the preview click the Scan button from the scanner window to scan the image 7 Place the document face down on the scanner glass 2 Make sure you selected Flatbed in the Paper source pull down box A Scan using Brother MFC 8840D What do you want to scan Paper source A Select an option below for the type of picture you Color picture O Grayscale picture i Scanni ng area O Black and white picture or text O Custom Settings You can also Adjust the quality of the scanned picture Preview Scan Cancel 3 Select the picture type B 4 inthe Scan dialog box click the Preview button The entire document will be scanned into the PC and will appear in the scanning area 13 13 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 5 Select the portion you want to scan by clicking the left mouse button and dragging it over the area Scanning area 6 If you require advanced settings click Picture Type from the Adjust the quality of the scanned picture C You can select Brightness Contrast Resolution and Advanced Properties Click the OK button after you choose your settings Scan using Brother MFC 8840D What do you want to scan Paper source Flatbed v Select an option below for the type of picture you want to scan Ba Color picture O Grayscale picture BS e O Black and white picture or
276. to 105 g m Lower tray Paper Multi N A Width 69 8 to 220 mm sizes purpose Height 116 to 406 4 mm tray Manual Width 69 8 to 220 mm N A feedtray Height 116 to 406 4 mm Paper tray A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 A6 B6 ISO Optional A4 Letter Legal B5 ISO B5 JIS Executive A5 Lower Tray B6 ISO 1 Up to 3 envelopes 2 Up to 10 sheets a When printing transparencies remove each one from the face down output tray after it exits the MFC 2 4 PAPER How to load paper To load paper or other media in the paper tray 7 Pull the paper tray completely out of the MFC Le L lt A 2 While pressing the paper guide release lever slide the adjusters to fit the paper size Check that the guides are firmly in the slots ae For Legal size paper press the universal guide release button and pull out the back of the paper tray Universal Guide Release Button PAPER 2 5 3 Fan the stack of paper well to avoid paper jams and misfeeds 4 Put paper in the paper tray Check that the paper is flat in the tray below the maximum paper mark and that the paper guide is flush against the paper stack Up to here 5 Putthe paper tray firmly back in the MFC and unfold the support flap before you use the MFC RO LS TeSys BA 2a a LESS SS Support Flap with Extension A When you put paper in the paper tray please remember the following E The side to
277. to direct sunlight excessive heat moisture or dust Do not connect your MFC to electrical outlets controlled by wall switches or automatic timers Disruption of power can wipe out information in the MFC s memory E Do not connect your MFC to electrical outlets on the same circuit as large appliances or other Equipment that might disrupt the power supply E Avoid interference sources such as speakers or the base units of cordless phones Quick Reference Guide Sending faxes Automatic Transmission 1 2 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Enter the fax number using One Touch Speed Dial Search or the dial pad Press Start If you are using the scanner glass press 2 or Start Real Time Transmission You can send faxes in real time 1 2 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass Press Menu 2 2 5 Press lt or to select On and then press Set OR For the next transmission only press or to select Next Fax Only and then press Set For the next fax only press gt or to select Next Fax On and then press Set 6 7 8 Press 1 if you want to choose more settings and the LCD will return to the Setup send menu OR Press 2 to fax Enter the fax number Press Start Receiv
278. to save transmission time 7 If itis not illuminated in green press Z Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 4 LEONET 3 Press lt or to select on or i A TX oe v off Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit Setup for Polled Transmit Standard Polled Transmit is when you set up the machine to wait with a document so another fax machine can retrieve it 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Place the document face up in the ADF or face down on the scanner glass 2 Press Menu 2 2 6 3 Press lt or to select Standard Press Set 4 Press 1 if you want to select additional settings The display returns to the Setup Send menu OR Press 2 if you finished selecting settings and go to Step 5 5 Press Start The MFC starts scanning the document 6 if you placed the document in the ADF wait for the fax to be polled OR If you placed it on the scanner glass go to Step 7 6 21 SETUP SEND 7 ef To send a single page press 2 or press Start again wait for the fax to be polled OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page The document will be stored and can be retrieved from any other fax machine until you delete the fax in memory by using the Cancelling a Job function See Cancelling a scheduled job on page 6 13
279. ts 2 0 7 9 PAUSO hoenna A 7 10 Tone or PUISC eienaar 7 10 Remote Fax Options sssssssunsnenneennnnunnenunnnunnnnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nnne 8 1 Fax FOrWardIng essiiiessccceceieiciecvdevsstecinvssserecinvetaneededinccins 8 1 Programming a Fax Forwarding number 4 8 1 Setting Fax Storage ccccecceeeeseeeseeeeeeeseeeseeeeeeeaeeneaees 8 2 Setting your Remote Access Code 8 3 Remote retrieval ccccscccccecesccceeeeeseeceeeeeeeeceeeeeaseeeeeeentes 8 4 Using your Remote Access Code 8 4 Remote command Sessera a 8 5 Retrieving fax messages s ur 8 6 Changing your Fax Forwarding number 0006 8 6 Printing reports cccseceeseeeeseeeeeeneeeeeseeeeseeeeeseeeeeseeesesseeeees 9 1 MFC settings and activity 0 0 eeeceecceeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 9 1 Customizing the Transmission Verification Report 9 1 Setting the Journal Period ceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeteeeeees 9 2 Printing TePOMts aannamen 9 3 TO Print A reportrar 9 3 Making COp es ssssssssnnnsennneunnenunnnunnnnnnnununnnnnnnnnnn nunn nnnnn ennnen 10 1 Using the MFC as a copier eseese 10 1 Enter Copy Mode sssseesseeseessrersiesrisssrrssrrssrnssns 10 1 Temporary Copy Settings eeeeeeneeeee nene 10 2 Making a single copy from the ADF 10 3 Making multiple copies from the ADF 10 3 Single or multiple copies using the scanner glass 10 4 Out of Memory message s 10 5 Using the Copy keys Temporary s
280. ts and edit your E mail and files and read documents with the OCR software built into Presto PageManager If you use the MFC as a scanner we recommend that you install Presto PageManager To install Presto PageManager see the Quick Setup Guide A The complete NewSoft Presto PageManager 4 0 User s Guide can be found on the Macintosh CD ROM supplied with your MFC Highlights E OCR In one step scan an image recognize the text and edit it with a word processor E Scan Buttons Scan documents and open them with a designated program in one step E Image Editing Enhance crop and rotate images or open them with an image editing program of your choice E Annotation Add removable notes stamps and drawings to images E Treeview Window View and arrange your folder hierarchy for easy access E Thumbnail Window View files as thumbnails for easy identification USING YOUR MFC WITH A MACINTOSH 18 27 System requirements m PowerPC processor Mm System 8 6 9X 10 1 or greater m CD ROM drive Hard disk drive with at least 120 MB of free disk space Recommended 8 bit Color or higher video adapter E Eudora Mail or Outlook Express electronic mail software Technical Support Germany Company name NewSoft Europe Postal Address Regus Center Fleethof Stadthausbrucke 3 20355 Hamburg Germany Telephone 49 40 37644530 Fax 49 40 37644500 E mail Address contact newsoft eu com URL http
281. tyle Automatically centered Watermark Bitmap Eile Sealing 0 A x E Title You can select the CONFIDENTIAL COPY or DRAFT as the standard title or enter a title you like in the field E Watermark Text Enter your Watermark text into the Text Box and then select the Font Size Darkness and Style Watermark Bitmap Enter the file name and location of your bitmap image in the File box or Browse for the file location You can also set the scaling size of the image E Position This setting offers you the control for where the Watermark is to be positioned on the page 12 9 PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS Page Setting You can change the print size of your document with the Scaling feature Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support fae S Scaling Letter 8 x11in A Check Off if you want to print the document as it appears on your screen m Check Fit to Paper Size if your document has an unusual size or if you have only the standard size paper Check the Free box if you want to manually reduce or enlarge the output E You can also use the Mirror Print or Reverse Print feature for your page setting PRINTER DRIVER SETTINGS 12 10 Device Options Lets you set the following Printer Functions amp Printing Preferences Basic Advanced Support es ae lt Pinter Function Quick Print Setup Print Date amp T
282. um Soon the drum unit is near the end of its life and it is time to purchase a new one Even if the LCD shows Change Drum Soon you may be able to continue printing without having to replace the drum unit for a while However if there is a noticeable deterioration in the output print quality even before Change Drum Soon appears then the drum unit should be replaced You should clean the MFC when you replace the drum unit See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 Caution When removing the drum unit handle it carefully because it contains toner If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe or wash with cold water ae The actual number of pages your drum will print may be significantly less than these estimates Because we have no control over the many factors that determine the actual drum life we cannot guarantee a minimum number of pages that will be printed by your drum A WARNING Just after you have used the MFC some internal parts of the MFC are extremely HOT So please be careful TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 32 Follow these steps to replace the drum unit 7 Press the cover release button and then open the front cover 2 Remove the old drum unit and toner cartridge assembly Place it on a drop cloth or disposable paper to avoid scattering toner Caution To prevent damage to the printer from static electricity do not touch the el
283. ume You can adjust the ring volume when your MFC is idle not being used You can turn the ring Of or you can select the ring volume level 7 Press Menu 1 4 1 14 Volume 2 Press lt or to select i Ao Low Med High or Off v High Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit OR In Fax mode press or 9 to adjust the volume level Every time you press these keys the MFC will ring so you can hear the active setting as the LCD shows it The volume changes with each key press The new setting will stay until you change it again Setting the Beeper Volume You can change the beeper volume The default factory setting is Med When the beeper is on the MFC beeps every time you press a key or make a mistake and after a fax is sent or received 1 Press Menu 1 4 2 14 Volume 2 Press lt or to select your A 2 ata ad Low Med High or Off Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit GETTING STARTED 4 9 Setting the Speaker Volume You can adjust the MFC s one way speaker volume 7 Press Menu 1 4 3 Tae 2 Press or to select n n Low Med High or Off High Press Set 3 Press Stop Exit Turning on Automatic Daylight Savings Time You can set the MFC to change automatically for Daylight Savings Time It will reset itself forward one hour in the Spring and backward one hour in the Autumn Make sure you have set the correct day and time in the Date
284. ur document When the MFC receives data from your computer it begins printing by picking up paper from the paper tray The paper tray can feed many types of paper and envelopes From your computer select the Print command If your computer is also connected to any other printers select Brother MFC 8440 or MFC 8840D USB Printer as your printer driver from the Print or Print Settings menu in your software application and then click on OK to begin printing 2 Your computer sends a print command and data to the MFC 3 The LED blinks in yellow and the MFC starts to print a You can select the paper size and orientation in your application software If your application software does not support your custom paper size select the next largest paper size Then adjust the print area by changing the right and left margins in your application software 11 2 USING THE MFC AS A PRINTER Simultaneous printing and faxing Your MFC can print from your computer while sending or receiving a fax and scanning the document into the computer Fax sending will not be stopped during PC printing Two sided printing Duplex Printing The supplied printer driver supports duplex printing For more information see Duplex Printing on page 12 6 Automatic Duplex Printing For MFC 8840D In this mode the MFC prints on both sides of the A4 Letter or Legal paper automatically 1 Open the Properties dialog box in the printer driver 2 Select Duplex Printing
285. ust after you use the MFC some internal parts of the machine will be extremely HOT So never touch the shaded parts shown in the illustration 22 27 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 1 Open the front cover and pull out the drum unit Caution E Place the drum unit on a drop cloth or large piece of disposable paper to avoid spilling and scattering the toner E To prevent damage to the MFC from static electricity do not touch the electrodes shown below TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 28 2 Hold down the lock lever on the right and pull the toner cartridge out of the drum unit Lock Lever Caution Handle the toner cartridge carefully If toner scatters on your hands or clothes immediately wipe it off or wash it with cold water 3 Unpack the new toner cartridge Place the used toner cartridge into the aluminum bag and discard it according to local regulations Caution m Wait to unpack the toner cartridge until immediately before you install it in the MFC If a toner cartridge is left unpacked for a long period of time the toner life is shortened Brother multifunction machines are designed to work with toner of a particular specification and work to a level of optimum performance when used with genuine Brother toner cartridges Brother cannot guarantee this optimum performance if toner or toner cartridges of other s
286. ut paper on abedefghijk page 2 1 Abe D The drum unit may be damaged Put in a new drum unit See Replacing 01234 the drum unit on page 22 32 B Hollow print Make sure that you use paper that meets our specifications See About paper on page 2 1 Choose Thick Paper mode in the printer driver or use thinner paper than you are currently using Check the printers environment because conditions such as high humidity can cause hollow print See Choosing a location on page v All black You may clear the problem by cleaning the primary corona wire inside the drum unit by sliding the blue tab Make sure you return the blue tab to the home position A See Cleaning the drum unit on page 22 26 The drum unit may be damaged Put in a new drum unit See Replacing the drum unit on page 22 32 22 17 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE Examples of poor print quality Recommendation White Spots on black text and graphics at 94 mm intervals Black Spots at 94 mm intervals If the problem is not solved after printing a few pages the drum unit may have glue from label stock on the OPC drum surface Clean the drum unit as follows 1 Position the print sample in front of the drum unit and find the exact position of the poor print 2 Turn the drum unit gear by hand while looking at the surface of the OPC drum Caution Be careful not to touch the photosensitive
287. ve file when receiving FAX check box and then enter the path 7 To load PC FAX receiving automatically when you start up Windows select the Add to Startup folder check box Viewing new PC FAX messages Each time you start to receive a PC FAX the icon will flash blue and red Once the fax has been received the icon will remain red The red icon will change to green once the received fax has been received Run PaperPort 2 Open the Fax Received folder 3 Double click any of the new faxes to open and view them A The title of your unread PC message will be the date and time until you assign a file name For example Fax 2 20 2002 16 40 21 tif 17 20 USING BROTHER PC FAX SOFTWARE Receiving a fax into the PC Windows XP only How to receive a fax automatically Before you can start receiving faxes please install the appropriate Windows XP driver Windows XP In box driver or Brother Windows XP driver After the driver is installed refer to the following information to configure your Windows XP PC for Fax receiving 7 To activate Faxing receiving click Set up faxing in the Printer Tasks menu amp Printers and Faxes File Edit View Favorites Tools Help J gt B pa Search Folders E Address Printers and Faxes be Go 9 Printer Tasks a Brother Add a printer MFC 8840D amp Set up Faxing Windows Components Wizard Configuring Components Setup is making the co
288. ware Section Changing the Scan to button configuration When the SmartUI Control Center is displayed you can access the Hardware Section window to reconfigure the Scan button on your MFC Click the Hardware Section tab at the top left of the SmartUI Control Center screen See Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable users on page 13 16 SmartUI Hardware Section Software Section Scan To File Scan To Image Scan To OCR Brother MFC 8840D USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTUI CONTROL CENTER 15 5 Scan to E mail To configure the Scan to E mail feature left click on the Scan to E mail button and the following screen will appear You have the ability to change the configuration that includes the destination E mail application attachment file and the scanner settings Scan to Email Scan actin Zonligurstion Scan Settings Applicatior Cutlook Express Link Preferences Fermat Folder To change the destination E mail application you use the Application pull down list to select the compatible E mail application which is installed on your system If you wish to change the attachment file type click on the Link Preferences button to display a list of file types 15 6 USING THE WINDOWS BASED BROTHER SMARTU CONTROL CENTER Scan to File SmartUI Hardware Section Software Section Hardware Buttons Exit Scan To E mail User Guide Restore Scan To I
289. wer switch off and lift the document cover Clean the scanner glass and glass strip with dry cloth and the white film with isopropyl alcohol on a lint free cloth White Film Glass strip Document Cover White film TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 22 24 Cleaning the printer Caution E Do not use isopropyl alcohol to remove dirt from the control panel It may crack the panel Do not use isopropyl alcohol to clean the laser scanner window Do not touch the scanner window with your finger The drum unit contains toner so handle it carefully If toner scatters and your hands or clothes get dirty immediately wipe or wash it off with cold water Turn the MFC power switch off and open the front cover 2 Remove the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly A WARNING Just after you have used the MFC some internal parts of the machine are extremely HOT When you open the front cover of the MFC never touch the shaded parts shown in the diagram below Front view 22 25 TROUBLESHOOTING AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE 3 Gently clean the scanner window by wiping it with a clean soft dry cloth Do not use isoproply alcohol oe Scanner Window ee a es 0 Cleaning the drum unit We recommend placing the drum unit and toner cartridge assembly on a cloth or large disposable paper to avoid spilling and scat
290. with the PC keyboard The member must have Fax selected as the chosen destination for that member A Sending a Network PC FAX to an E mail address or sending an Internet Fax requires SMTP POP3 mail server support BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE 20 4 Sending a Network PC FAX from your Macintosh application You can send a fax directly from your Macintosh application using the following steps For Mac OS 8 6 9 2 users Follow the steps in the Quick Setup Guide 2 Follow the steps on pages 18 14 For Mac OS X users Follow the steps in the Quick Setup Guide 2 Follow the steps on page 18 16 20 5 BROTHER NETWORK PC FAX SOFTWARE Important information IEC 60825 Specification This machine is a Class 1 laser product as defined in IEC 60825 specifications The label shown below is attached in countries where required CLASS 1 LASER PRODUCT APPAREIL A LASER DE CLASSE 1 LASER KLASSE 1 PRODUKT This machine has a Class 3B Laser Diode which emits invisible laser radiation in the Scanner Unit The Scanner Unit should not be opened under any circumstances Laser Diode Wave length 760 810 nm Output 5 mW max Laser Class Class 3B Caution Use of controls adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radiation exposure IMPORTANT INFORMATION 21 1 For your safety To ensure safe operation the three pin plug supplied must be inserted only
291. x number Press Start to send the fax from the ADF The MFC starts scanning the first page If you are using the scanner glass go to Step 7 To send a single page press 2 or press Start again The MFC starts sending the document OR To send more than one page press 1 and go to Step 8 Place the next page on the scanner glass Press Set The MFC starts scanning and returns to Step 7 Repeat Step 7 and 8 for each additional page SETUP SEND 6 8 Fax Resolution When you have a document in the ADF or on the scanner glass you can use the Resolution key to change the setting temporarily for this fax only If it is not illuminated in green press Fax Press Resolution repeatedly until the LCD shows the setting you want OR You can change the default setting 7 If it is not illuminated in green press Fax 2 Press Menu 2 2 2 22 Setup Send 3 Press lt or to select the 2 Fax Resolution luti A Standard resolution you want v Fine Press Set 4 Press Stop Exit Standard Suitable for most typed documents Fine Good for small print and transmits a little slower than Standard resolution S Fine Good for small print or artwork and transmits slower than Fine resolution Photo Use when the document has varying shades of gray This has the slowest transmission time Manual and automatic fax Redial If you are sending a fax manually and the line is busy press Redial Pause and the
292. x100 dpi Restore Defaults About Cancel Epi Help For Windows 2000 Professional Brother PC FAX Properties 2 x Basic Paper Size g Orientation Portrait C Landscape Letter Resolution 200x200 dpi 8 x11in 200x100 dpi Default About Cancel Help 2 Select the Paper Size and Orientation Portrait or Landscape and click OK A To go back to the factory default settings click the Restore Defaults or Default button 14 19 USING THE BROTHER CONTROL CENTER Using the Windows Based Brother SmartUI Control Center For Windows XP Brother SmartUI Control Center The Brother Control Center is a software utility that allows you to quite easily with very few mouse clicks access the most frequently used scanning applications Using the Control Center eliminates the need to manually launch the specific applications and allows you to scan a document directly to a folder on your computer The Brother Control Center provides four categories of operations Scan directly to a file E mail word processor or graphics application of your choice Enhanced copy functions such as Four Two or One on One Copying PC Faxing using the Brother PC Fax software Custom buttons allow you to configure a button to meet your own application requirements WO N Hardware Section Software Section Scan Copy Scan To File Copy one to one j ES Outlook Express a a Copy two to one Brother PC FAX Sc
293. ze and you could lose your file 13 15 HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS Using the scan key For USB or Parallel interface cable users You can use Scan on the control panel to scan documents into your word processing graphics or E mail applications or your computer folder The advantage of using Scan is that you avoid the mouse clicks required to scan from your computer sca For Scan to E mail Scan to Image Scan to OCR and Scan to File Before you can use Scan on the control panel you must have connected the MFC to your Windows based computer and loaded the appropriate Brother Drivers for your version of Windows When you are ready to use Scan make sure the Brother Control Center application is running on your computer For details about how to configure the Brother Control Center buttons to launch the application of your choice using Scan go to the appropriate chapter E For Windows 98 98SE Me 2000 Professional and Windows NT WS 4 0 see Using the Brother Control Center on page 14 1 E For Windows XP see Using the Windows Based Brother SmartU Control Center on page 15 1 If your MFC is connected with both a USB and a Parallel cable you need to select USB or Parallel as the destination in each step HOW TO SCAN USING WINDOWS 13 16 Scan to E mail You can either scan a black and white or color document into your E mail application as a file attachment You can change the

USER'S GUIDE - Best4Systems

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents